WO2011013455A1 - Illumination device, display device, and television receiving device - Google Patents

Illumination device, display device, and television receiving device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011013455A1
WO2011013455A1 PCT/JP2010/060093 JP2010060093W WO2011013455A1 WO 2011013455 A1 WO2011013455 A1 WO 2011013455A1 JP 2010060093 W JP2010060093 W JP 2010060093W WO 2011013455 A1 WO2011013455 A1 WO 2011013455A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
chassis
light source
substrate
led
main body
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/060093
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
泰守 黒水
Original Assignee
シャープ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シャープ株式会社 filed Critical シャープ株式会社
Publication of WO2011013455A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011013455A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133608Direct backlight including particular frames or supporting means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133308Support structures for LCD panels, e.g. frames or bezels
    • G02F1/133314Back frames
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/1336Illuminating devices
    • G02F1/133602Direct backlight
    • G02F1/133603Direct backlight with LEDs

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lighting device, a display device, and a television receiver.
  • a backlight device is separately required as a lighting device.
  • the backlight device is installed on the back side of the liquid crystal panel (on the side opposite to the display surface).
  • the chassis has an open surface on the liquid crystal panel side, a light source accommodated in the chassis, A reflection sheet that is disposed along the inner surface and reflects light toward the opening of the chassis, and an optical member that is disposed at the opening of the chassis and efficiently emits light emitted from the light source toward the liquid crystal panel (a diffusion sheet) Etc.).
  • an LED may be used as a light source.
  • an LED substrate on which the LED is mounted is accommodated in the chassis.
  • what was described in following patent document 1 is known as an example of the backlight apparatus which used LED as a light source.
  • the present invention has been completed based on the above-described circumstances, and aims to improve workability.
  • the illuminating device of the present invention can be held by sandwiching the light source substrate between the light source, the light source substrate on which the light source is mounted, the chassis in which the light source substrate is accommodated and having a mounting hole, and the chassis. And a substrate holding member having a mounting portion that protrudes from the main body portion toward the chassis side and is inserted into the mounting hole, and the mounting portion is inserted into the mounting hole. As the holding member is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis, the holding member has a holding part capable of holding at least the chassis with the main body part.
  • the board holding member mounting portion is inserted into the chassis mounting hole, and the board holding member is mounted on the chassis plate surface.
  • the substrate holding member is moved in the direction along, the substrate holding member is held in the attached state with respect to the chassis by at least the chassis being sandwiched between the main body portion and the clamping portion of the attaching portion. In this state, the light source substrate is held between the main body and the chassis so as to be attached to the chassis.
  • the board holding member when removing the light source board from the chassis, by moving the board holding member in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis and in the opposite direction to the time of attachment, releasing the clamping state of the chassis by the clamping part, The board holding member is removed from the chassis. Thereby, since the holding state of the light source substrate by the substrate holding member is released, the light source substrate can be removed from the chassis.
  • the substrate holding member is By performing the operation of moving in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis, it is easy to hold the light source substrate by the substrate holding member and to release the holding state. It is considered good.
  • the substrate holding member according to the present invention holds the light source substrate between the chassis and the chassis, for example, the light source mounted on the light source substrate is defective and the light source substrate can be replaced or repaired.
  • the substrate holding member is only required to be removed. It is said that the frequency of the removal work is increased.
  • the number of use of the light source substrate tends to increase as the lighting device increases in size, the number of substrate holding members used and the number of attaching / detaching operations increase as the size increases. The From the above circumstances, by improving the workability at the time of attaching and detaching the substrate holding member that holds the light source substrate, the workability when repairing the lighting device and the workability when the lighting device is increased in size. It can be significantly improved.
  • the light source substrate has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of the light sources are mounted side by side along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole is a longitudinal length parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate.
  • the movement direction of the substrate holding member coincides with the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole.
  • the light source substrate can be held or released by moving the substrate holding member along the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole.
  • the said clamping part can clamp the said light source board with the said chassis between the said main-body parts.
  • the light source substrate is sandwiched with the chassis between the main body portion and the sandwiching portion, so that the light source substrate can be more stably held. If the holding state in the light source substrate is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the light source substrate to the chassis can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, so that the light emission efficiency of the light source can be maintained high.
  • the mounting portion is disposed at a position overlapping the light source substrate in a plan view, whereas the light source substrate has a through hole that communicates with the mounting hole and through which the mounting portion is passed.
  • the edge part of the through-hole is clamped with the said chassis between the said main-body part and the said clamping part. In this way, since the edge of the through hole in the light source substrate is sandwiched between the main body and the sandwiching portion together with the chassis, the light source substrate can be more stably held.
  • the through hole is long in the light source substrate and the mounting hole. It has a longitudinal shape parallel to the side direction.
  • the through hole since the through hole has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole, that is, the extending direction of the wiring pattern, the through hole is assumed to be orthogonal to the extending direction of the wiring pattern.
  • the short side dimension of the light source substrate can be reduced in forming the through hole and the wiring pattern in the light source substrate. Thereby, the material cost in the light source substrate can be reduced, and the arrangement space of the light source substrate in the chassis can be reduced.
  • the mounting portion can be brought into contact with an edge portion of the through hole.
  • the light source substrate can be positioned with respect to the substrate holding member by bringing the attachment portion into contact with the edge of the through hole.
  • the main body has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. According to this configuration, since the main body portion that holds the light source substrate between the holding portion and the holding portion has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate, the light source substrate can be more stably held. .
  • the said main-body part is distribute
  • the main body portion that holds the light source substrate between the holding portion and the holding portion is disposed at a position that is concentric with respect to the light source substrate in the short side direction. Can be held.
  • the clamping portion has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. According to this configuration, since the sandwiching portion that sandwiches the chassis and the light source substrate with the main body has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate, the light source substrate can be more stably held. .
  • the main body is disposed in a region between the adjacent light sources in the light source substrate as viewed in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between adjacent light sources among light source boards can be used effectively.
  • the main body is disposed at an intermediate position between the light sources adjacent to each other in the light source substrate in a plan view. In this way, since the distance to each light source adjacent to the main body is substantially equal, the optical influence of the main body on the light emitted from each light source can be made substantially equal. Thereby, unevenness is less likely to occur in the emitted light in the illumination device.
  • the mounting hole is a longitudinal direction parallel to the short side direction of the light source substrate.
  • substrate holding member corresponds with the short side direction in the said light source board
  • the main body is disposed in a region between the adjacent light sources in the light source substrate as viewed in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between adjacent light sources among light source boards can be used effectively.
  • the movement direction of the substrate holding member is the short side direction of the light source substrate, that is, the direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the light sources, the area between the adjacent light sources is secured at least as large as the dimensions of the main body. If so, the substrate holding member can be attached. That is, it is suitable when the arrangement pitch of the light sources is narrow.
  • the mounting hole and the mounting portion are connected to the light source board in a plan view. Are arranged at positions where they do not overlap. In this way, it is not necessary to form a hole through which the attachment portion is passed through the light source substrate, so that the manufacturing cost of the light source substrate can be reduced. Further, it is advantageous in forming a wiring pattern for connecting the light sources to each other on the light source substrate.
  • the main body is arranged to straddle the plurality of light source boards. .
  • a plurality of light source substrates can be collectively held by one substrate holding member.
  • the number of substrate holding members used and the number of attaching / detaching operations thereof can be reduced, so that the workability can be further improved.
  • the clamping unit can clamp the light source substrate together with the chassis between the body unit. In this way, the light source substrate is sandwiched with the chassis between the main body portion and the sandwiching portion, so that the light source substrate can be more stably held. If the holding state in the light source substrate is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the light source substrate to the chassis can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, so that the light emission efficiency of the light source can be maintained high.
  • a reflection member that reflects light is interposed between the main body and the light source substrate, and protrudes toward the reflection member on a surface facing the reflection member in the main body, An abutting portion that abuts against the reflecting member is provided. If it does in this way, a reflective member can be held with a light source substrate. Since the contact portion that contacts the reflecting member protrudes from the main body portion toward the reflecting member, the surface facing the reflecting member in the main body portion is in contact with the reflecting member over the entire area. As compared with, the contact area of the substrate holding member with respect to the reflecting member can be reduced. In other words, the reflective member is not in contact with the substrate holding member, and the area of the portion that is not pressed by the substrate holding member increases.
  • This unpressed portion is more easily expanded and contracted when thermal expansion or contraction occurs due to a change in the thermal environment, compared to the portion pressed by the substrate holding member. And if the area of this unpressed part increases, the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction will increase as a whole reflecting member, so that deformation such as bending and warping accompanying expansion and contraction is suppressed from being locally revealed. Can do.
  • the contact portion is disposed at a position away from the attachment portion in the main body portion.
  • the pressing force acting on the reflecting member May become excessively large.
  • the contact portion is arranged at a position away from the attachment portion in the main body portion, the pressing force that can be increased by elastically deforming the portion of the main body portion from the attachment portion to the contact portion. Can be absorbed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent an excessive pressing force from acting on the reflecting member from the abutting portion, thereby ensuring a degree of freedom of expansion and contraction in the reflecting member.
  • the attachment portion is disposed on the center side of the main body portion, whereas the contact portion is disposed on an outer edge portion of the main body portion. If it does in this way, a board
  • the contact portion by arranging the contact portion on the outer edge portion of the main body portion, it is possible to secure the maximum distance between the mounting portion and the contact portion, and to make the main body portion more easily elastically deformed. Become. Thereby, the absorption width of the dimensional error produced when manufacturing a board
  • At least one pair of the contact portions is arranged at a position sandwiching the attachment portion in the main body portion. If it does in this way, pressing force can be made to act with sufficient balance to a reflective member, and it becomes possible to hold a reflective member appropriately, raising the flexibility of expansion and contraction of a reflective member. Further, the main body portion can be elastically deformed into an arcuate shape between the pair of contact portions.
  • the contact portion is arranged at a symmetrical position with the attachment portion as a center. In this way, the pressing force can be applied to the reflecting member in a more balanced manner.
  • the sandwiching portion has a cantilever shape extending along the moving direction of the substrate holding member and is elastically deformable. In this way, as the substrate holding member is moved, at least the chassis is clamped between the main body portion and the clamping portion of the mounting portion, so that the clamping portion can be elastically deformed. It is possible to hold the chassis elastically while being excellent in performance.
  • the chassis and the sandwiching portion are each provided with a locking structure that locks the substrate holding member to restrict movement of the substrate holding member in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis. In this way, the substrate holding member is prevented from being moved inadvertently, so that the holding state with respect to the light source substrate can be stably maintained. Moreover, since the clamping part can be elastically deformed, the operation of locking the locking structure or releasing the locked state can be easily performed, and the workability is excellent.
  • the locking structure includes: a locking hole formed in the chassis; and a locking protrusion that protrudes from the clamping portion toward the chassis and can be locked to a hole edge of the locking hole. It is composed of If it does in this way, the movement of a board
  • substrate holding member can be controlled by making the latching protrusion by the side of a clamping part approach in the latching hole by the side of a chassis, and making it latch to a hole edge.
  • the mounting portion is formed so as to be smaller than the mounting hole in a plan view. If it does in this way, the operation
  • the main body is provided with a protrusion that protrudes on the opposite side of the chassis.
  • the operator can perform attachment / detachment work by grasping the protrusion protruding from the main body portion to the side opposite to the chassis side. .
  • substrate holding member can be improved further.
  • the protrusion is disposed at a position overlapping the attachment portion when seen in a plane. In this way, when the worker performs the mounting operation of the substrate holding member while gripping the protrusion, the position of the mounting portion can be easily grasped, so that the workability is excellent.
  • the protrusion is arranged at a position that is concentric with the attachment portion. In this way, workability can be further improved.
  • the chassis is provided with an optical member arranged to cover the opening so as to face the light source substrate, while an opening for emitting light from the light source is provided.
  • the protrusion is capable of supporting the optical member. If it does in this way, it can control that an optical member deforms so that it may approach the light source side by supporting an optical member with a projection.
  • a plurality of the substrate holding members are arranged in a distributed manner at positions sandwiching a reference line crossing substantially the center of the chassis in the chassis, and the substrate disposed at a position sandwiching the reference line
  • the holding member is set so that the moving directions accompanying the attachment to the chassis are opposite to each other. In this way, when performing the work of attaching the board holding member to the chassis, the work of attaching the work to each area in the chassis is shared with the reference line as a boundary, and the work instruction content to each worker is shared. It is possible to make it. Thereby, the working efficiency can be improved.
  • the light source is an LED. In this way, high brightness and low power consumption can be achieved.
  • a display device of the present invention includes the above-described illumination device and a display panel that performs display using light from the illumination device.
  • the illuminating device that supplies light to the display panel is excellent in workability when the light source substrate is attached and detached, so that it is possible to reduce the manufacturing cost. .
  • a liquid crystal panel can be exemplified as the display panel.
  • Such a display device can be applied as a liquid crystal display device to various uses such as a display of a television or a personal computer, and is particularly suitable for a large screen.
  • FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a television receiver according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • the exploded perspective view which shows schematic structure of the liquid crystal display device with which a television receiver is equipped
  • the top view which shows the arrangement configuration of the LED board and board
  • Sectional view taken along line iv-iv in FIG. 3 in the liquid crystal display device 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vv in FIG.
  • the top view which shows the detailed arrangement structure of a LED board and a board
  • FIG. 6 is a sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG. 6 showing a state before the board holding member is attached to the chassis.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG.
  • the bottom view which shows the board
  • Sectional drawing which shows the state before attaching a board
  • the top view which shows arrangement
  • Xx-xx line sectional view of FIG. Sectional drawing which shows the state which attached the board
  • the top view which shows arrangement
  • FIG. Xxiii-xxiii sectional view of FIG. The top view which shows the arrangement configuration of the LED board in the chassis which concerns on the modification 3 of Embodiment 2, and a board
  • the top view which shows the detailed arrangement structure of a LED board and a board
  • FIGS. 1 A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the liquid crystal display device 10 is illustrated.
  • a part of each drawing shows an X axis, a Y axis, and a Z axis, and each axis direction is drawn to be a direction shown in each drawing.
  • the upper side shown in FIG.4 and FIG.5 be a front side, and let the lower side of the figure be a back side.
  • the television receiver TV includes a liquid crystal display device 10, front and back cabinets Ca and Cb that are accommodated so as to sandwich the liquid crystal display device 10, a power source P, a tuner T, And a stand S.
  • the liquid crystal display device (display device) 10 has a horizontally long rectangular shape (rectangular shape) as a whole and is accommodated in a vertically placed state.
  • the liquid crystal display device 10 includes a liquid crystal panel 11 that is a display panel and a backlight device (illumination device) 12 that is an external light source, which are integrated by a frame-like bezel 13 or the like. Is supposed to be retained.
  • the screen size is 42 inches and the aspect ratio is 16: 9.
  • the liquid crystal panel 11 and the backlight device 12 constituting the liquid crystal display device 10 will be described sequentially.
  • the liquid crystal panel (display panel) 11 has a rectangular shape in plan view, and a pair of glass substrates are bonded together with a predetermined gap therebetween, and liquid crystal is sealed between the glass substrates. It is said.
  • One glass substrate is provided with a switching element (for example, TFT) connected to a source wiring and a gate wiring orthogonal to each other, a pixel electrode connected to the switching element, an alignment film, and the like.
  • the substrate is provided with a color filter and counter electrodes in which colored portions such as R (red), G (green), and B (blue) are arranged in a predetermined arrangement, and an alignment film.
  • a polarizing plate is disposed on the outside of both substrates.
  • the backlight device 12 covers the chassis 14 having a substantially box shape having an opening 14 b on the light emitting surface side (the liquid crystal panel 11 side), and the opening 14 b of the chassis 14.
  • a group of optical members 15 (diffusion plate (light diffusion member) 15a and a plurality of optical sheets 15b arranged between the diffusion plate 15a and the liquid crystal panel 11), and an optical member disposed along the outer edge of the chassis 14.
  • a frame 16 that holds the outer edge portion of the group of members 15 between the chassis 14 and the chassis 14.
  • the chassis 14 includes a board holding member 20 that can hold the LED board 18 between the chassis 14 and a reflection sheet 21 that reflects the light in the chassis 14 toward the optical member 15. It is done.
  • the optical member 15 side is the light emission side from the LED 17.
  • the chassis 14 is made of metal and, as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, has a rectangular bottom plate 14a similar to the liquid crystal panel 11, a side plate 14c rising from an outer end of each side of the bottom plate 14a, and each side plate 14c. And a receiving plate 14d projecting outward from the rising edge, and as a whole, has a shallow substantially box shape (substantially shallow dish shape) opened toward the front side.
  • the long side direction of the chassis 14 coincides with the X-axis direction (horizontal direction), and the short side direction coincides with the Y-axis direction (vertical direction).
  • a frame 16 and an optical member 15 to be described below can be placed on each receiving plate 14d in the chassis 14 from the front side.
  • a frame 16 is screwed to each receiving plate 14d.
  • An attachment hole 14e for attaching the substrate holding member 20 is provided in the bottom plate 14a of the chassis 14 so as to open.
  • a plurality of mounting holes 14e are dispersedly arranged corresponding to the mounting position of the substrate holding member 20 on the bottom plate 14a. The detailed shape of the mounting hole 14e will be described later.
  • the optical member 15 has a horizontally long rectangular shape (rectangular shape) in a plan view, like the liquid crystal panel 11 and the chassis 14. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the optical member 15 has its outer edge portion placed on the receiving plate 14 d so as to cover the opening 14 b of the chassis 14 and be interposed between the liquid crystal panel 11 and the LED 17. Arranged.
  • the optical member 15 includes a diffusion plate 15a disposed on the back side (the side opposite to the LED 17 side and the light emitting side) and an optical sheet 15b disposed on the front side (the liquid crystal panel 11 side and the light emitting side). .
  • the diffusing plate 15a has a structure in which a large number of diffusing particles are dispersed in a substantially transparent resin base material having a predetermined thickness, and has a function of diffusing transmitted light.
  • the optical sheet 15b has a sheet shape that is thinner than the diffusion plate 15a, and two optical sheets 15b are stacked (FIGS. 7 to 9). Specific types of the optical sheet 15b include, for example, a diffusion sheet, a lens sheet, a reflective polarizing sheet, and the like, which can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the frame 16 has a frame shape along the outer peripheral edge portions of the liquid crystal panel 11 and the optical member 15. An outer edge portion of the optical member 15 can be sandwiched between the frame 16 and each receiving plate 14d (FIGS. 4 and 5).
  • the frame 16 can receive the outer edge portion of the liquid crystal panel 11 from the back side, and can sandwich the outer edge portion of the liquid crystal panel 11 with the bezel 13 disposed on the front side (FIGS. 4 and 5). ).
  • the LED 17 has a configuration in which an LED chip is sealed with a resin material on a substrate portion fixed to the LED substrate 18.
  • the LED chip mounted on the substrate unit has one main emission wavelength, and specifically, one that emits blue light in a single color is used.
  • a phosphor that converts blue light emitted from the LED chip into white light is dispersed and blended in the resin material for sealing the LED chip.
  • the LED 17 can emit white light.
  • the LED 17 is a so-called top type in which a surface opposite to the mounting surface with respect to the LED substrate 18 is a light emitting surface.
  • the optical axis LA of the LED 17 is set to substantially coincide with the Z-axis direction (direction orthogonal to the main plate surfaces of the liquid crystal panel 11 and the optical member 15). Note that the light emitted from the LED 17 spreads radially to some extent within a predetermined angle range around the optical axis LA, but its directivity is higher than that of a cold cathode tube or the like. In other words, the light emission intensity of the LED 17 shows an angular distribution in which the direction along the optical axis LA is remarkably high and decreases rapidly as the tilt angle with respect to the optical axis LA increases.
  • the LED substrate 18 has a base material that has a rectangular shape (longitudinal shape) in plan view, the long side direction coincides with the X axis direction, and the short side direction corresponds to the Y axis direction.
  • the base material of the LED substrate 18 is made of a metal such as an aluminum material same as that of the chassis 14, and a wiring pattern WP made of a metal film such as a copper foil is formed on the surface of the base material via an insulating layer.
  • insulating materials such as a ceramic, can also be used as a ceramic.
  • the LED 17 is surface mounted.
  • a plurality of the LEDs 17 are linearly arranged in parallel along the long side direction (X-axis direction) of the LED substrate 18, and are connected in series by a wiring pattern WP formed on the LED substrate 18.
  • the arrangement pitch of the LEDs 17 is substantially constant, that is, it can be said that the LEDs 17 are arranged at equal intervals.
  • the wiring pattern WP is configured to extend along the X-axis direction on the LED substrate 18, that is, along the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the arrangement direction of the LEDs 17.
  • a pair of wiring patterns WP are arranged in parallel with each other at a predetermined interval corresponding to the anode and the cathode in the LED chip of the LED 17. Moreover, the connector part 18a connected to the both ends of the wiring pattern WP is provided in the both ends of the long side direction in the LED board 18. As shown in FIG.
  • the LED substrate 18 having the above-described configuration is arranged in parallel in the chassis 14 in a state where the long side direction and the short side direction are aligned with each other in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. ing. That is, the LED board 18 and the LED 17 mounted thereon are both set in the X-axis direction (the long side direction of the chassis 14 and the LED board 18) in the chassis 14 and in the Y-axis direction (of the chassis 14 and the LED board 18). Matrix arrangement (arranged in a matrix) with the short side direction as the column direction.
  • a total of 27 LED substrates 18 are arranged in parallel in the chassis 14, three in the X-axis direction and nine in the Y-axis direction.
  • two types of LED substrates 18 having different long side dimensions and the number of mounted LEDs 17 are used.
  • the LED substrate 18 six LEDs 17 are mounted, and the long side dimension is a relatively long six-part mounting type and the five LEDs 17 are mounted, and the long side dimension is relatively long.
  • the short five-mount type is used, one for the six-mount type at the X-axis direction end position of the chassis 14 and one for the five-mount type at the central position in the same direction. , Each is arranged.
  • the LED boards 18 that form one row along the X-axis direction are electrically connected to each other by fitting and connecting the adjacent connector portions 18a to each other.
  • Connector portions 18a corresponding to both ends in the X-axis direction are electrically connected to external control circuits (not shown).
  • the LEDs 17 arranged on the LED boards 18 in one row are connected in series, and the lighting / extinction of a large number of LEDs 17 included in the row is collectively controlled by a single control circuit. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost.
  • the short side dimension and the arrangement pitch of LED17 are made substantially the same.
  • each liquid crystal display device 10 having a screen size of, for example, 26 inches, 32 inches, 37 inches, 40 inches, 42 inches, 46 inches, 52 inches, and 65 inches is used. Therefore, it is possible to easily cope with the manufacture at a low cost.
  • the diffusing lens 19 is made of a synthetic resin material (for example, polycarbonate or acrylic) that is almost transparent (having high translucency) and has a refractive index higher than that of air. As shown in FIGS. 7, 8, and 11, the diffusing lens 19 has a predetermined thickness and is formed in a substantially circular shape when seen in a plan view, and each LED 17 is individually connected to the LED substrate 18 from the front side. So as to cover each LED 17 in a plan view. The diffusing lens 19 can emit light having strong directivity emitted from the LED 17 while diffusing.
  • a synthetic resin material for example, polycarbonate or acrylic
  • the diffusing lens 19 is disposed at a position that is substantially concentric with the LED 17 in a plan view.
  • the diffuser lens 19 is sufficiently larger in both the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction than the LED 17.
  • the diffusing lens 19 has a smaller dimension in the X-axis direction than the LED board 18 but a larger dimension in the Y-axis direction than the LED board 18. Accordingly, both end portions of the diffusing lens 19 in the Y-axis direction protrude outward from the LED substrate 18 by a predetermined dimension in the Y-axis direction.
  • the surface facing the back side and facing the LED substrate 18 is a light incident surface 19 a on which light from the LED 17 is incident, whereas the surface facing the front side and facing the optical member 15 is the surface facing the optical member 15.
  • the light exit surface 19b emits light.
  • the light incident surface 19 a is formed in parallel with the plate surface (X-axis direction and Y-axis direction) of the LED substrate 18 as a whole.
  • the light incident side concave portion 19c is formed in a region overlapping with the LED 17 when viewed, thereby having an inclined surface.
  • the light incident side concave portion 19c has a substantially conical shape and is disposed at a substantially concentric position in the diffusing lens 19, and is open toward the back side, that is, the LED 17 side.
  • the light incident side concave portion 19c has an opening end portion facing the LED 17 side having the largest diameter dimension and larger than the diameter dimension of the LED 17, and the diameter dimension gradually and gradually increases from there to the front side. It becomes smaller and is minimized at the front end.
  • the light incident side concave portion 19c has a substantially inverted V-shaped cross section, and its peripheral surface is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the Z-axis direction. The inclined surface is inclined so that the front end thereof intersects the optical axis LA of the LED 17.
  • the light emitted from the LED 17 and entering the light incident side concave portion 19c enters the diffusion lens 19 through the inclined surface, but at that time, the amount of the inclination angle of the inclined surface with respect to the optical axis LA is as follows.
  • the light is refracted in a direction away from the center, that is, a wide angle, and enters the diffusing lens 19.
  • the light projecting surface 19a protrudes toward the LED substrate 18 at a position radially outward from the light incident side concave portion 19c, and has a structure for attaching the diffusing lens 19 to the LED substrate 18.
  • a mounting leg portion 19d is provided.
  • Three attachment legs 19d are arranged in the diffuser lens 19 at positions closer to the outer peripheral end than the light incident side recess 19c, and the lines connecting the attachments form a substantially equilateral triangle when viewed in a plane. Arranged in position.
  • Each attachment leg 19d can fix the diffusing lens 19 to the LED substrate 18 in an attached state by fixing the tip of the attachment leg 19d to the LED substrate 18 with an adhesive or the like.
  • the diffusing lens 19 is fixed to the LED substrate 18 via the mounting leg portion 19d, so that a predetermined gap is formed between the light incident surface 19a and the LED substrate 18. In this gap, incidence of light from a space outside the diffusion lens 19 in a plan view is allowed. Further, in the attached state, the projecting tip portion of the LED 17 from the LED substrate 18 enters the light incident side recess 19c.
  • the light exit surface 19b of the diffusion lens 19 is formed in a flat and substantially spherical shape.
  • the light emitted from the diffusion lens 19 can be emitted while being refracted in a direction away from the center at the interface with the external air layer, that is, a wide angle.
  • a light emitting side recess 19e is formed in a region of the light emitting surface 19b that overlaps the LED 17 when seen in a plan view.
  • the light emitting side concave portion 19e has a substantially bowl shape, and is formed in a flat and substantially spherical shape with a peripheral surface having a downward slope toward the center.
  • the angle formed by the tangent of the peripheral surface of the light exit side recess 19e with respect to the optical axis LA of the LED 17 is relatively larger than the angle formed by the inclined surface of the light incident side recess 19c with respect to the optical axis LA. It is said.
  • the region of the light exit surface 19b that overlaps with the LED 17 when seen in a plane is a region where the amount of light from the LED 17 is extremely large compared to other regions, and the brightness tends to be locally high, but there
  • the light emitting side recess 19e most of the light from the LED 17 can be emitted while being refracted at a wide angle, or a part of the light from the LED 17 can be reflected to the LED substrate 18 side. Thereby, it can suppress that the brightness
  • the reflection sheet 21 includes a chassis reflection sheet 22 having a size covering the entire inner surface of the chassis 14 and a substrate reflection sheet 23 having a size covering each LED substrate 18 individually. Both the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are made of a synthetic resin, and the surfaces thereof are white with excellent light reflectivity. Both the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are assumed to extend along the bottom plate 14 a (LED substrate 18) in the chassis 14.
  • a main part of the chassis reflection sheet 22 on the center side extending along the bottom plate 14 a of the chassis 14 is a main body 22 a.
  • the main body portion 22a is formed with a lens insertion hole 22b through which each diffusion lens 19 covering each LED 17 can be inserted together with each LED 17 arranged in the chassis 14.
  • a plurality of lens insertion holes 22b are arranged in parallel at positions overlapping the respective LEDs 17 and the respective diffusion lenses 19 in a plan view in the main body portion 22a, and are arranged in a matrix.
  • the lens insertion hole 22 b has a circular shape when seen in a plan view, and the diameter thereof is set to be larger than that of the diffusing lens 19.
  • each diffusion lens 19 can be reliably passed through each lens insertion hole 22 b regardless of the occurrence of dimensional errors.
  • the chassis reflection sheet 22 covers the area between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19 and the outer peripheral area in the chassis 14, so that light directed to these areas is directed to the optical member 15 side. Can be reflected.
  • the outer peripheral side portion of the chassis reflection sheet 22 rises so as to cover the side plate 14 c and the receiving plate 14 d of the chassis 14, and the portion placed on the receiving plate 14 d is the chassis 14.
  • the part which connects the main-body part 22a and the part mounted in the receiving plate 14d among the reflective sheets 22 for chassis has comprised the inclined shape.
  • the board reflection sheet 23 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed in plan view, which is substantially the same outer shape as the LED board 18.
  • the board reflection sheet 23 is disposed so as to overlap the front side surface of the LED board 18 and is opposed to the diffusion lens 19. That is, the board reflection sheet 23 is interposed between the diffusion lens 19 and the LED board 18. Therefore, about the light returned from the diffusion lens 19 side to the LED substrate 18 side, or the light entering the space between the diffusion lens 19 and the LED substrate 18 from the space outside the diffusion lens 19 in a plan view, It can be reflected again to the diffuser lens 19 side by the substrate reflection sheet 23. As a result, the light utilization efficiency can be increased, and the luminance can be improved. In other words, sufficient brightness can be obtained even when the number of LEDs 17 is reduced to reduce the cost.
  • the board reflection sheet 23 has a long side dimension substantially the same as that of the LED board 18, whereas a short side dimension is larger than that of the LED board 18. Furthermore, the short side dimension of the board reflection sheet 23 is larger than the diameter dimension of the lens insertion hole 22b of the diffusion lens 19 and the chassis reflection sheet 22, as shown in FIGS. Therefore, it is possible to arrange the edge of the lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 so as to overlap the front side with respect to the board reflection sheet 23. As a result, the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the board reflection sheet 23 are continuously arranged in the chassis 14 without being interrupted when viewed in plan, and the chassis 14 or the LED board 18 is moved from the lens insertion hole 22b to the front side. There is almost no exposure.
  • the board reflection sheet 23 has an LED insertion hole 23a through which each LED 17 passes, and a leg insertion hole 23b through which each attachment leg 19d of each diffusing lens 19 passes through at a position where they overlap with each other in plan view. Is formed.
  • the substrate holding member 20 has a support function for supporting the optical member 15 in addition to the substrate holding function for holding the LED substrate 18.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is attached to the chassis 14 for each LED substrate 18 disposed therein.
  • a plurality (specifically, a total of 27) of substrate holding members 20 are intermittently arranged in a zigzag shape on the bottom plate 14 a of the chassis 14. That is, the substrate holding members 20 corresponding to the LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction are arranged at positions that are shifted (offset) from each other in the X-axis direction.
  • each substrate holding member 20 By arranging each substrate holding member 20 as described above, even if the light reflectance of the surface of each substrate holding member 20 is lower than the light reflectance of the chassis reflection sheet 22, each substrate holding member 20 It becomes difficult to be visually recognized as a dark part. In addition, since each substrate holding member 20 has a function of supporting the optical member 15, the optical member 15 is appropriately supported without deviation in the plane of the plate surface by being distributed as described above. can do.
  • substrate holding member 20 is distribute
  • the mounting holes 14e in the chassis 14 are respectively arranged at positions corresponding to the installation positions of the substrate holding members 20 described above.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is made of a synthetic resin such as polycarbonate, and has a white surface with excellent light reflectivity.
  • substrate holding member 20 has comprised the substantially circular shape seeing in a plane as a whole. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, the substrate holding member 20 protrudes from the main body portion 24 along the bottom surface 14 a of the chassis 14 and the plate surface of the LED substrate 18 and toward the back side (chassis 14 side) from the main body portion 24.
  • substrate holding member 20 which concerns on this embodiment can be moved to the direction along the plate surface with respect to the chassis 14, A board
  • the X-axis direction shown in each drawing coincides with the moving direction in the substrate holding member 20.
  • the main body 24 has a substantially rectangular shape in plan view, the long side direction matches the X-axis direction, and the short side direction matches the Y-axis direction. . That is, it can be said that the main body 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • the main body 24 is formed in a substantially straight plate shape along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. And this main-body part 24 can be hold
  • the main body 24 is arranged in a region between adjacent diffusion lenses 19 (LEDs 17) in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. Specifically, since the main body portion 24 is disposed at an intermediate position between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19, the distances from the main body portion 24 to the adjacent diffusion lenses 19 are substantially equal to each other.
  • the long side dimension in the main body 24 is smaller than the interval between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19, and the value obtained by dividing the difference by 2 is larger than the moving distance associated with the attachment / detachment of the substrate holding member 20.
  • the main body portion 24 has a short side dimension smaller than the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18.
  • the main body portion 24 is arranged at a position where the center position in the short side direction coincides with the center position in the short side direction of the LED substrate 18. That is, the main body 24 is arranged concentrically with the LED substrate 18 in the Y-axis direction. As described above, the main body 24 overlaps the LED substrate 18 in plan view over the entire region, and can sandwich the central side portion of the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction with the chassis 14.
  • the main body 24 is arranged in a region between the diffusion lenses 19 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction in the LED substrate 18, that is, a non-light emitting portion in the LED substrate 18. There is no overlap. That is, it is possible to avoid the main body 24 from obstructing light emission from the LED 17.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is arranged using the space and the substrate holding member is used.
  • the LED board 18 is fixed by 20.
  • the support part 26 has a conical shape as a whole as shown in FIGS. Specifically, the support portion 26 is formed in a tapered shape so that the cross-sectional shape cut along the plate surface of the main body portion 24 is a circular shape, and the diameter dimension gradually decreases from the protruding proximal end side to the protruding distal end side. ing.
  • the support portion 26 can be brought into contact with the diffusion plate 15a disposed on the backmost side (the LED 17 side) of the optical member 15, thereby supporting the diffusion plate 15a at a predetermined position. That is, the support portion 26 can regulate the positional relationship between the optical member 15 and the LED 17 in the Z-axis direction (a direction perpendicular to the surface of the optical member 15) to a constant state.
  • the outer diameter dimension of the protruding proximal end portion of the support portion 26 is smaller than both the short side dimension of the main body 24 and the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18. That is, it can be said that the support portion 26 has a point shape when viewed in a plane, whereas the main body portion 24 has a surface shape covering a wider range when viewed in a plane than the support portion 26.
  • the projecting dimension of the support portion 26 is substantially equal to the distance from the front surface of the main body 24 to the back surface of the diffusion plate 15a that is substantially straight along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. . Accordingly, the support portion 26 comes into contact with the diffusion plate 15a in a substantially straight state.
  • the protruding tip portion that is a contact portion with the diffusion plate 15a is rounded. Since this support portion 26 is the only portion of the substrate holding member 20 that protrudes from the main body portion 24 to the front side, when performing the work of attaching the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, the operator Can be used as an operation unit (gripping unit). Thereby, the attachment / detachment workability of the substrate holding member 20 can be improved.
  • the support part 26 is arranged at a substantially central position in the main body part 24 as shown in FIGS. That is, the support portion 26 is disposed at a position overlapping the mounting portion 25 described later in plan view. More specifically, the support portion 26 and the attachment portion 25 are disposed at positions that are substantially concentric when viewed from above. With such an arrangement, when the operator uses the support portion 26 as an operation portion when performing the work of attaching the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, the support portion 26 exposed to the front side is visually observed. The position of the mounting portion 25 hidden behind the back can be easily grasped. Therefore, workability when inserting the attachment portion 25 into the attachment hole 14e can be improved.
  • the attachment structure includes an attachment portion 25 in the substrate holding member 20 and an attachment hole 14 e in the chassis 14.
  • the attachment portion 25 is roughly along the plate surface of the main body portion 24.
  • the mounting hole 14e has a longitudinal shape along the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20, that is, the X-axis direction.
  • the board holding member 20 has two positions: a holding position where the chassis 14 is held by the mounting portion 25 (FIG. 7), and a release position where the holding state of the mounting portion 25 with respect to the chassis 14 is released (FIG. 15). It is possible to move (slide) along the X-axis direction. 7, 14, and 15 in which the X-axis direction is the left-right direction, the left side in the drawing is the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 20, and the opposite right side is the removal direction of the substrate holding member 20.
  • the attachment portion 25 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from above, and the long side direction matches the X-axis direction and the short side direction matches the Y-axis direction. . That is, it can be said that the attachment portion 25 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • the mounting hole 14 e has a substantially rectangular shape when seen in a plane like the mounting portion 25, and the long side direction is the X-axis direction, that is, the LED substrate 18 and the mounting portion 25. It has a longitudinal shape that matches the long side direction.
  • the attachment part 25 has a slightly smaller long side dimension and shorter side dimension than the attachment hole 14e, so that it can be easily inserted into and removed from the attachment hole 14e.
  • the mounting hole 14e is sized so that the main body 24 overlaps the entire area in a plan view with the substrate holding member 20 in the holding position (FIG. 6).
  • the attachment portion 25 includes a base portion 25a that protrudes from the back surface (the surface facing the chassis 14) of the main body portion 24 to the back side, and a sandwiching portion 25b that extends from the base portion 25a along the plate surface of the main body portion 24 in parallel. And is generally L-shaped as viewed from the side.
  • the base 25a is disposed at a substantially central position in the main body 24, and is disposed at a position overlapping the above-described support 26 in plan view.
  • the base portion 25a has a substantially block shape.
  • the sandwiching portion 25b has a cantilever shape extending from the protruding tip portion of the base portion 25a along the X-axis direction toward the left side shown in FIG. 7, that is, the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 20.
  • the clamping portion 25b can be elastically deformed with the connection position with the base portion 25a as a base end, and in the Z-axis direction, that is, a direction intersecting the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20 (with the chassis 14 and the main body portion 24). It is possible to displace in the direction of approaching and separating.
  • the sandwiching portion 25 b has a substantially flat plate shape parallel to the plate surface of the main body portion 24 and can sandwich the chassis 14 with the main body portion 24.
  • the sandwiching portion 25b has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from above, and the long side direction coincides with the X-axis direction, and the short side direction coincides with the Y-axis direction. That is, it can be said that the sandwiching portion 25 b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • the clamping portion 25 b overlaps with the hole edge of the mounting hole 14 e in the chassis 14 in a plan view.
  • the hole edge of the attachment hole 14e is sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the body portion 24.
  • the clamping portion 25b is flat on the left side shown in FIG. 7 with respect to the mounting hole 14e, that is, on the mounting direction side of the board holding member 20 among the hole edges of the mounting hole 14e in the chassis 14.
  • the hole edge is sandwiched between the body portion 24 and the hole portion.
  • substrate holding member 20 is hold
  • the clamping portion 25b overlaps with the hole edge of the mounting hole 14e in the chassis 14 as seen in a plan view, as shown in FIG. Instead, it is arranged in the mounting hole 14e over the entire area in a plan view, and the holding state of the mounting hole 14e with respect to the hole edge is released. Accordingly, the substrate holding member 20 is allowed to move to the front side along the Z-axis direction with respect to the chassis 14, and thus can be detached from the chassis 14.
  • the mounting portion 25 is disposed at a position overlapping with the LED substrate 18 when seen in a plan view. Therefore, the LED substrate 18 is formed with a through hole 18b through which the mounting portion 25 is passed. As shown in FIG. 10, the through-hole 18b is arranged at a position on the LED board 18 between the adjacent LEDs 17 (diffuse lens 19), that is, a position where the LED 17 (diffuse lens 19) does not overlap with the LED 17 (diffuse lens 19). Has been.
  • the through hole 18b is substantially the same in plan shape and size as the mounting hole 14e described above, and communicates with the mounting hole 14e.
  • the through hole 18b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the X-axis direction, that is, the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the extending direction of the wiring pattern WP. Therefore, it is possible to keep the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 small while arranging the pair of wiring patterns WP on the LED substrate 18 at a position straddling the through hole 18b in the Y-axis direction.
  • the LED board 18 is sandwiched together with the chassis 14 between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b. Furthermore, when the attachment portion 25 is inserted into the through hole 14b, the outer edge in the Y-axis direction of the base portion 25a can be brought into contact with the hole edge of the through hole 14b as shown in FIG. Thereby, the LED board 18 can be positioned in the Y-axis direction by the mounting portion 25.
  • each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the LED substrate 18 the position overlapping with the through hole 18 b in a plan view is shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 11.
  • communication holes 22c and 23c are formed, which communicate with the through hole 18b and allow the attachment portion 25 to pass therethrough.
  • a locking protrusion 25c that protrudes toward the main body 24 is provided at the extended tip of the clamping part 25b.
  • the above-described locking is provided at a position at a predetermined interval (about the long side dimension of the clamping portion 25b) on the left side shown in FIG.
  • a locking hole 14f through which the protrusion 25c can enter is provided.
  • the left side surface shown in FIG. 7 of the locking projection 25c is formed in a taper shape, whereby the clamping portion 25b is elastically deformed when the substrate holding member 20 is moved from the release position to the holding position. It is easy.
  • the main body portion 25 protrudes to the back side, that is, the reflection sheet 21 side (the LED board 18 side and the chassis 14 side) and comes into contact with the reflection sheet 21.
  • a portion 27 is provided.
  • the contact portion 27 contacts the chassis reflection sheet 22 of the reflection sheet 21 and directly presses the chassis reflection sheet 22 from the front side, and the board reflection sheet 23 and the LED via the chassis reflection sheet 22. It is possible to indirectly hold the substrate 18 from the front side. Since the abutment portion 27 has a form that partially protrudes from the back surface of the main body 24 (the surface facing the chassis reflection sheet 22), the entire area of the back surface of the main body is assumed to be the chassis reflection sheet.
  • the contact area with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is small.
  • the contact portion 27 When the contact portion 27 is in contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, the back side surface of the main body portion 24 floats from the chassis reflection sheet 22 and is kept in a non-contact state, and the back side of the main body portion 24.
  • a gap C corresponding to the protruding dimension of the abutting portion 27 is held between this surface and the surface on the front side of the chassis reflection sheet 22.
  • the abutting portion 27 is disposed at a position away from the mounting portion 25 (the sandwiching portion 25 b) in a plan view, specifically, an outer edge portion of the main body portion 24. That is, it can be said that the contact portion 27 is disposed at a position farthest from the attachment portion 25 disposed on the center side of the main body portion 24.
  • the main-body part 24 which concerns on this embodiment has the predetermined elasticity from the base 25a of the attaching part 25 to the contact part 27, and can be elastically deformed according to the stress which acts. .
  • a total of four abutting portions 27 are provided in pairs at positions where the mounting portion 25 is sandwiched in the main body portion 24.
  • each contact portion 27 is disposed at four corner positions in the rectangular main body portion 24. That is, each contact portion 27 is disposed at a position that is symmetrical about the base portion 25 a of the attachment portion 25 in the main body portion 24. Accordingly, the distance from the base portion 25a to each contact portion 27 in the mounting portion 25 is the same. Further, it can be said that each contact portion 27 has a dot shape when the plate surface of the main body portion 24 is viewed in a plane. As described above, the contact points of the board holding member 20 with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 are distributed and arranged in a well-balanced manner in the plane of the plate surface of the main body portion 24. It can be supported stably without causing rattling (FIG. 6).
  • each contact portion 27 has a substantially hemispherical shape as a whole, and its peripheral surface (contact surface with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22) is formed of a spherical surface. Therefore, each contact portion 27 is in point contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22. Thereby, the contact area of each contact part 27 with respect to the reflection sheet 22 for chassis is made into the minimum.
  • This embodiment has the structure as described above, and its operation will be described next.
  • the liquid crystal panel 11 and the backlight device 12 are separately manufactured and assembled to each other using the bezel 13 or the like, whereby the liquid crystal display device 10 shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 is manufactured. Among these, the assembly work at the time of manufacturing the backlight device 12 will be described in detail.
  • each component prior to the assembly of each component to the chassis 14, an operation of attaching the LED 17, the board reflection sheet 23, and the diffusion lens 19 to the LED board 18 is performed. Specifically, first, as shown in FIG. 10, the LED 17 is mounted on a predetermined position on the LED board 18, and then the board reflection sheet 23 is put on the front side. At this time, each LED 17 of the board reflection sheet 23 is passed through each LED insertion hole 23a. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 11, a diffusion lens 19 is attached to the LED substrate 18 so as to cover each LED 17. At this time, each mounting leg 19 d of the diffusing lens 19 is fixed to the LED substrate 18 by an adhesive through the leg insertion hole 23 b of the board reflection sheet 23. Thus, the light source unit U, in which the LED 17, the board reflection sheet 23, and the diffusing lens 19 are integrated with the LED board 18, is produced.
  • each component to the chassis 14 The above-described light source unit U is housed inside from the front side of the chassis 14 through the opening 14b, and each light source unit U is arranged at a predetermined mounting position with respect to the bottom plate 14a. At this time, the through holes 18b of the LED substrate 18 in the light source units U are aligned with the mounting holes 14e of the chassis 14 so as to communicate with each other.
  • the LED boards 18 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction can be connected to each other by fitting the adjacent connector portions 18a to each other.
  • the connection work between the LED boards 18 arranged in the X-axis direction is not necessarily performed in the chassis 14 and may be performed outside the chassis 14.
  • each lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 is aligned with each diffusion lens 19 in the light source unit U, and each diffusion lens 19 is passed through each lens insertion hole 22b (FIG. 3).
  • the chassis reflection sheet 22 is attached, the chassis reflection sheet 22 is superposed on almost all portions of the substrate reflection sheet 23 other than the portion overlapping the diffuser lens 19 in plan view (see FIG. 7 and FIG. 8).
  • the edge portion of the lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 is overlapped on the front side of the board reflection sheet 23 over the entire area. Further, as shown in FIG.
  • the communication holes 22 c of the chassis reflection sheet 22 are aligned with the communication holes 23 c of the board reflection sheet 23, the through holes 18 b of the LED board 18, and the mounting holes 14 e of the chassis 14. Communicated. Thereafter, the substrate holding member 20 is attached.
  • the support portion 26 that is a portion protruding from the main body portion 24 to the front side as an operation portion.
  • the operator can operate the substrate holding member 20 while holding the support portion 26.
  • the board holding member 20 is accommodated inside through the opening 14b from the front side of the chassis 14, and the mounting portions 25 hidden in the back side through the main body 24 are connected to the corresponding communication holes 22c, 23c. Then, it is inserted while being aligned (aligned) with respect to the through hole 18b and the mounting hole 14e.
  • the support portion 26 and the attachment portion 25 are arranged at positions that overlap each other and are concentric when viewed in a plane, the operator can easily grasp the position of the attachment portion 25. Therefore, it is possible to smoothly perform the operation of inserting the attachment portion 25 while aligning it with the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c.
  • the contact portions 27 are brought into contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, thereby further exceeding the board holding member 20. Intrusion is regulated.
  • the substrate holding member 20 reaches the release position shown in FIG. 15, the substrate holding member 20 is subsequently moved (slid) along the X-axis direction toward the left side shown in FIG.
  • the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 is arranged at the right end of each of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c, and is predetermined between the left-side hole edge (clamped portion). Possesses a gap.
  • This gap is set to a size corresponding to the movement stroke when the substrate holding member 20 is moved from the release position to the holding position.
  • the holding projection 25 c on the mounting portion 25 rides on the hole edge of the mounting hole 14 e, so that the holding portion 25 b is elastically deformed in the Z-axis direction so as to be separated from the chassis 14.
  • the clamping portion 25b When the substrate holding member 20 reaches the holding position shown in FIG. 7, the clamping portion 25b is elastically restored, and the locking projection 25c enters the locking hole 14f and is locked to the hole edge. The This prevents the substrate holding member 20 from being inadvertently moved from the holding position to the right side shown in FIG. 7, that is, the removal direction.
  • the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 In this holding position, the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 is arranged at the left end of the hole 14e, 18b, 22c, 23c in the figure, and the clamping portion 25b is a hole edge on the left side of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, 23c. And in plan view.
  • the hole edge of the attachment hole 14f in the chassis 14 and the hole edge of the through hole 18b in the LED board 18 are both held between the main body part 24 and the holding part 25b of the attachment part 25. Is prevented from being inadvertently moved to the front side or the back side in the Z-axis direction.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is held substantially immovable from the holding position.
  • the LED board 18 is held in a state of being sandwiched between the main body 24 and the chassis 14 in the board holding member 20 that is substantially immovable, and thus is maintained in an attached state with respect to the chassis 14. .
  • the hole edges of the communication holes 22c and 23c in the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are also sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b.
  • the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b that sandwich the chassis 14 and the LED substrate 18 are both aligned with the LED substrate 18 in the long side direction, and in addition to the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction. Since they are arranged at concentric positions (FIG. 6), the LED substrate 18 can be stably held.
  • the outer edge in the Y-axis direction of the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 can be brought into contact with the hole edges of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c. Accordingly, the LED substrate 18 and the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are positioned with respect to the substrate holding member 20 in the Y-axis direction.
  • each contact portion 27 is brought into contact with the front surface of the chassis reflection sheet 22. Therefore, in the mounted state, the spherical surface of each contact portion 27 is in point contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, while the back surface of the main body portion 24 (with the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the like). Are opposed to the chassis reflection sheet 22 and kept in a non-contact state, and a contact portion is provided between the back surface of the main body 24 and the front surface of the chassis reflection sheet 22. A gap C corresponding to 27 projecting dimensions is retained. Therefore, the contact area of the substrate holding member 20 with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is very small, and is smaller than the case where the entire area of the back side surface of the main body is brought into contact.
  • the area of the portion of the chassis reflection sheet 22 that is not in contact with the substrate holding member 20 (the portion that cannot be pressed by the substrate holding member 20) is increased.
  • the chassis reflection sheet 22 is directly pressed by the contact portion 27, whereas the board reflection sheet 23 and the LED substrate 18 are indirectly pressed by the contact portion 27 via the chassis reflection sheet 22. ing.
  • the optical member 15 is attached to the chassis 14 so as to cover the opening 14b.
  • the specific mounting order of the optical member 15 is that the diffusion plate 15a is first and then the optical sheet 15b. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the outer peripheral edge of the optical member 15 is received by the receiving plate 14 d of the chassis 14, and the center side portion is supported by the support portion 26 of each substrate holding member 20. It has become. Then, when the frame 16 is attached to the chassis 14, the outer peripheral edge of the optical member 15 is sandwiched between the frame 16 and the receiving plate 14d. Thereby, the manufacture of the backlight device 12 is completed.
  • the liquid crystal panel 11 When assembling the manufactured backlight device 12 and the liquid crystal panel 11, the liquid crystal panel 11 is placed on the frame 16, and then the bezel 13 is put on the front side and screwed. As a result, the liquid crystal panel 11 is sandwiched between the frame 16 and the bezel 13 and the liquid crystal panel 11 is integrated with the backlight device 12, thereby completing the manufacture of the liquid crystal display device 10.
  • each LED 17 provided in the backlight device 12 is turned on and an image signal is supplied to the liquid crystal panel 11, thereby A predetermined image is displayed on the display surface of the liquid crystal panel 11.
  • the light emitted when each LED 17 is turned on first enters the light incident surface 19 a of the diffusion lens 19. At this time, most of the light is incident on the inclined surface of the light incident side recess 19c in the light incident surface 19a, so that the light enters the diffusing lens 19 while being refracted at a wide angle according to the inclination angle. The incident light propagates through the diffusing lens 19 and then exits from the light exit surface 19b.
  • the light exit surface 19b has a flat, substantially spherical shape, an external air layer is formed. Light is emitted while being refracted at a wider angle at the interface.
  • the light emitting side concave portion 19e having a substantially bowl shape is formed, and the peripheral surface has a flat and substantially spherical shape. Light can be emitted while being refracted at a wide angle on the peripheral surface of the light emitting side recess 19e, or reflected to the LED substrate 18 side. Of these, the light returned to the LED substrate 18 side is effectively utilized by being reflected by the substrate reflection sheet 23 toward the diffusion lens 19 side and entering the diffusion lens 19 again, so that high luminance is obtained.
  • the light having strong directivity emitted from the LED 17 can be diffused at a wide angle by the diffusing lens 19, so that the in-plane distribution of the optical member 15 in the light reaching the optical member 15 is uniform. It can be.
  • the region between the adjacent LEDs 17 becomes difficult to be visually recognized as a dark part by using the diffusing lens 19, it becomes possible to widen the interval between the LEDs 17, and thus the number of the LEDs 17 arranged while suppressing the luminance unevenness. Reduction can be achieved.
  • the interval between the adjacent LEDs 17 can be widened, so that the substrate holding member 20 can be arranged using the widened region, and the substrate holding The LED board 18 can be fixed by the member 20.
  • each LED 17 generates heat as it is turned on. Most of the heat generated from each LED 17 is propagated to the chassis 14 via the mounted LED substrate 18 and then dissipated to the air outside the liquid crystal display device 10. Considering the heat dissipation efficiency at this time, the higher the degree of close contact between the LED board 18 and the chassis 14, the higher the heat transfer efficiency between them, so the heat release efficiency increases, and conversely, the close contact degree between the LED board 18 and the chassis 14. The lower the is, the lower the heat transfer properties of both, and thus the lower the heat dissipation efficiency.
  • the LED substrate 18 is fixed to the chassis 14 by the substrate holding member 20 and the following configuration is adopted to improve the heat dissipation efficiency.
  • the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b of the substrate holding member 20 are arranged at positions that are substantially concentric with the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction in addition to the long side direction being coincident with the LED substrate 18. Therefore, the LED board 18 can be stably held, and thereby the closeness of the LED board 18 to the chassis 14 can be maintained at a high level.
  • the attachment portion 25 is arranged on the center side of the main body portion 24 and each contact portion 27 is arranged on the outer edge portion, the LED substrate 18 is pressed by the center attachment portion 25 from the back side, By being pressed by the respective abutting portions 27 of the outer edge portion from the front side, it is stably held with good balance.
  • each contact part 27 is distribute
  • the LED board 18 is stably fixed in close contact with the chassis 14 by the board holding member 20, the heat transfer to the chassis 14 is extremely high, thereby enabling efficient heat dissipation. It can be done. Therefore, since the inside of the backlight device 12 is unlikely to become a high temperature, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the light emission efficiency of each LED 17 and to stably obtain a high luminance.
  • each LED 17 in the backlight device 12 is turned on or off, so that a change occurs in the internal temperature environment, and accordingly each configuration of the liquid crystal display device 10.
  • Parts can expand or contract thermally.
  • the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the board reflection sheet 23 are thermally expanded or contracted, if local deformation such as wrinkles or deflection occurs, unevenness occurs in the reflected light. As a result, luminance unevenness occurs in the light emitted from the backlight device 12, and the display quality may be adversely affected.
  • the LED substrate 18 is thermally expanded or contracted, if a local deformation such as warping or bending occurs, contact failure occurs in the connector portion 18a, and lighting control of the LED 17 is performed. There is a possibility that a malfunction will occur.
  • Such local deformation that can occur in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 occurs in proportion to the magnitude of the pressing force acting from the chassis 14 and the substrate holding member 20 and the acting area (contact area). In order to suppress local deformation, it is preferable to reduce the pressing force or to reduce the area of the portion to be pressed.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is provided with an abutting portion 27, and the abutting portion 27 of the substrate holding member 20 is located with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22.
  • the contact area with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is reduced.
  • a portion pressed by the substrate holding member 20 (a portion overlapping with the contact of the contact portion 27 in a plan view) is reduced.
  • the area of a portion that is not pressed by the substrate holding member 20 (a portion that does not overlap with the contact point of the contact portion 27 in a plan view) increases.
  • the portion held by the substrate holding member 20 is relatively easily restricted from expansion and contraction due to thermal expansion or contraction (the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction is low)
  • the portion not pressed by the substrate holding member 20 is relatively
  • the expansion and contraction associated with thermal expansion or contraction is easily allowed (the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction is high).
  • the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction is high.
  • the area of the unpressed portion is increased, each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 is easily expanded and contracted due to thermal expansion or thermal contraction as a whole. Therefore, the flatness as a whole is maintained, so that the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 are locally bent and warped. It is suppressed to become.
  • the contact portion 27 is arranged in the main body portion 24 at a position away from the clamping portion 25b of the attachment portion 25 as viewed in a plane.
  • the abutment portion 27 is a portion that applies a pressing force from the front side (the main body portion 24 side) to each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18, whereas the sandwiching portion 25 b 23 and the LED board 18 are portions that apply pressing force from the back side (chassis 14 side). Accordingly, as described above, the contact portion 27 and the sandwiching portion 25b are arranged so as to be shifted (offset) from each other in plan view, so that the pressing force is applied from the front side in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18.
  • the following actions and effects can be obtained by disposing the contact portion 27 in the main body portion 24 at a position away from the holding portion 25b in a plan view. That is, when a dimensional error occurs in manufacturing the substrate holding member 20, for example, the projecting dimension of the contact part 27 from the main body part 24 becomes larger than a set value, or the length dimension of the mounting part 25 is set. If it becomes shorter than the value, the pressing force acting on each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 may be excessively increased (more than necessary). Therefore, in the present embodiment, a certain degree of elasticity is imparted to the portion of the main body portion 24 from the base portion 25a to the abutting portion 27 of the main body portion 24, so that as shown in FIG.
  • the LED substrate 18 in which the defect has occurred must be removed from the chassis 14 and replaced or repaired.
  • the LED substrate 18 or the LED 17 may fail or the product life may be discarded. 14 need to be removed.
  • various components are removed from the liquid crystal display device 10 by a procedure reverse to the assembly procedure at the time of manufacture described above, and after the removal of the optical member 15 is completed, the LED board 18 is removed from the chassis 14. Do work.
  • the operator grasps the supporting portion 26 while releasing the locking state of the locking projection 25c with respect to the locking hole 14f by elastically deforming the holding portion 25b of the mounting portion 25 of the substrate holding member 20, and FIG. Move (slide) from the holding position shown to the right in the figure.
  • the substrate holding member 20 reaches the release position shown in FIG. 15, the entire holding portion 25b is disposed in the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c, and the holding state with respect to the chassis 14 and the LED substrate 18 is released.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is removed by pulling up the substrate holding member 20 to the front side along the Z-axis direction. Thereafter, the LED board 18 may be removed from the chassis.
  • the backlight device 12 of the present embodiment includes the LED 17 that is a light source, the LED board 18 on which the LED 17 is mounted, the chassis 14 that houses the LED board 18 and has the mounting hole 14e, and the chassis 14. And a substrate holding member 20 having an attachment portion 25 that protrudes from the body portion 24 toward the chassis 14 and is inserted into the attachment hole 14e.
  • the portion 25 is clamped so that at least the chassis 14 can be clamped with the main body portion 24 as the substrate holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 while being inserted into the mounting hole 14e. It has a portion 25b.
  • the mounting part 25 of the board holding member 20 is inserted into the mounting hole 14 e of the chassis 14 while the LED board 18 is accommodated in the chassis 14.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 (X-axis direction)
  • the chassis 14 is held between the main body 24 and the holding portion 25b of the mounting portion 25, thereby holding the substrate.
  • the member 20 is held attached to the chassis 14.
  • the LED board 18 is held in an attached state with respect to the chassis 14 by being sandwiched between the main body 24 and the chassis 14.
  • the board holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 and in the opposite direction to that at the time of attachment.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is removed from the chassis 14 while releasing the state. Thereby, since the holding state of the LED board 18 by the board
  • the LED board 18 since the LED board 18 has been screwed, the workability of the work itself for attaching and detaching the screw tended to be deteriorated for reasons such as poor workability.
  • the LED substrate 18 By performing the operation of moving the member 20 in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14, the LED substrate 18 can be easily held or released by the substrate holding member 20. Workability when attaching and detaching is assumed to be good.
  • substrate holding member 20 which concerns on this embodiment is holding
  • the defect has arisen in LED17 mounted in the LED board 18, for example, and LED board
  • the frequency of removing the substrate holding member 20 tends to increase.
  • the LED board 18 tends to increase in use as the backlight device 12 increases in size, the use of the substrate holding member 20 and the number of attachment / detachment operations increase in accordance with the increase in size. Tend to be.
  • the workability when repairing the backlight device 12 and the size of the backlight device 12 are increased by improving the workability at the time of attaching and detaching the substrate holding member 20 that holds the LED substrate 18. In this case, workability can be remarkably improved.
  • the LED substrate 18 has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of LEDs 17 are mounted along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole 14e has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • substrate holding member 20 corresponds with the long side direction in the LED board 18 and the attachment hole 14e. If it does in this way, the LED board 18 can be hold
  • the sandwiching portion 25b can sandwich the LED board 18 together with the chassis 14 between the body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b.
  • the LED board 18 since the LED board 18 is sandwiched with the chassis 14 between the main body 24 and the clamping part 25b, the LED board 18 can be held more stably. If the holding state on the LED board 18 is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the LED board 18 to the chassis 14 can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, and thus the light emission efficiency of the LED 17 can be maintained at a high level. It becomes.
  • the mounting portion 25 is disposed at a position overlapping the LED substrate 18 in plan view, whereas the LED substrate 18 has a through hole 18b that communicates with the mounting hole 14e and through which the mounting portion 25 passes.
  • the edge portion of the through hole 18b is sandwiched with the chassis 14 between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b. In this way, the edge portion of the through hole 18b in the LED substrate 18 together with the chassis 14 is sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b, so that the LED substrate 18 can be held more stably.
  • the wiring pattern WP for connecting the LEDs 17 to each other is formed on the LED board 18 so as to extend along the long side direction
  • the through-hole 18b is a long side of the LED board 18 and the mounting hole 14e. It has a longitudinal shape parallel to the direction.
  • the through hole 18b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the mounting hole 14e, that is, the extending direction of the wiring pattern WP
  • the through hole temporarily extends the wiring pattern WP.
  • the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 can be reduced in forming the through holes 18b and the wiring pattern WP in the LED substrate 18.
  • the material cost in the LED board 18 can be reduced, and the arrangement space of the LED board 18 in the chassis 14 can be reduced.
  • the mounting portion 25 can be brought into contact with the edge portion of the through hole 18b. If it does in this way, the LED board 18 can be positioned with respect to the board
  • the main body 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. In this way, the main body 24 that holds the LED board 18 between the holding part 25b and the holding part 25b is formed in a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED board 18, so that the LED board 18 is more stable. Can be held.
  • the main body 24 is arranged at a position that is concentric with respect to the LED board 18 in the short side direction. In this way, the main body 24 that holds the LED board 18 with the holding part 25b is disposed concentrically with respect to the LED board 18 in the short side direction. Can be held more stably.
  • the sandwiching portion 25 b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • the holding part 25b that holds the chassis 14 and the LED board 18 between the main body part 24 and the main body part 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED board 18, so that the LED board 18 is more stable. Can be held in.
  • the main body 24 is arranged in a region between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between LED17 which adjoins among LED boards 18 can be used effectively.
  • the main body 24 is arranged at an intermediate position between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. In this way, since the distance to each LED 17 adjacent to the main body portion 24 becomes substantially equal, the optical influence of the main body portion 24 on the light emitted from each LED 17 can be made substantially equal. Thereby, unevenness is less likely to occur in the emitted light in the illumination device.
  • a reflection sheet 21 that reflects light is interposed between the main body 24 and the LED substrate 18.
  • the main body 24 faces the reflection sheet 21 on the surface facing the reflection sheet 21, and is reflected by the reflection sheet 21.
  • An abutment portion 27 that abuts against the sheet 21 is provided. In this way, the reflective sheet 21 can be held together with the LED substrate 18.
  • the contact portion 27 that is in contact with the reflection sheet 21 protrudes from the main body portion 24 toward the reflection sheet 21, so that the surface facing the reflection sheet 21 in the main body portion is entirely opposed to the reflection sheet 21.
  • the contact area of the substrate holding member 20 with respect to the reflection sheet 21 can be reduced compared to the case where the contact is made.
  • the reflection sheet 21 the area of the portion that is not in contact with the substrate holding member 20 and cannot be pressed by the substrate holding member 20 increases.
  • This unpressed portion is more easily expanded and contracted when thermal expansion or contraction occurs due to a change in the thermal environment, compared to the portion pressed by contact with the substrate holding member 20.
  • the area of this part which cannot be suppressed becomes large, since the freedom degree of expansion / contraction will increase as the reflection sheet 21 whole, it suppresses that deformation
  • the abutting portion 27 is arranged at a position away from the mounting portion 25 in the main body portion 24. In this way, when a dimensional error occurs in manufacturing the substrate holding member 20, for example, when the projecting dimension of the contact part 27 from the main body part 24 becomes larger than a set value, the reflective sheet 21 is not affected. There is a possibility that the pressing force that acts is excessively large. Even in such a case, since the contact portion 27 is arranged at a position away from the attachment portion 25 in the main body portion 24, the portion of the main body portion 24 from the attachment portion 25 to the contact portion 27 is elastically deformed. It becomes possible to absorb the pressing force that can be increased. Thereby, it is possible to prevent an excessive pressing force from acting on the reflection sheet 21 from the abutting portion 27, thereby ensuring the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction in the reflection sheet 21.
  • the attachment portion 25 is disposed on the center side of the main body portion 24, whereas the contact portion 27 is disposed on the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24.
  • the board holding member 20 can be stably held with respect to the chassis 14 by arranging the attachment portion 25 on the center side of the main body portion 24.
  • the contact portion 27 is disposed on the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24, the distance between the mounting portion 25 and the contact portion 27 can be secured to the maximum, and the main body portion 24 is more easily elastically deformed. It becomes possible to do. Thereby, the absorption width
  • At least a pair of the contact portions 27 are arranged at positions where the attachment portion 25 is sandwiched in the main body portion 24. If it does in this way, pressing force can be made to act with sufficient balance to reflective sheet 21, and it becomes possible to hold reflective sheet 21 appropriately, raising the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction of reflective sheet 21. Further, the main body portion 24 can be elastically deformed into an arcuate shape between the pair of contact portions 27.
  • the contact portion 27 is arranged at a symmetrical position with the attachment portion 25 as the center. In this way, the pressing force can be applied to the reflective sheet 21 in a more balanced manner.
  • the sandwiching portion 25b has a cantilever shape extending along the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20 and is elastically deformable. In this way, as the substrate holding member 20 is moved, at least the chassis 14 is clamped between the main body 24 and the clamping part 25b of the mounting part 25, the clamping part 25b can be elastically deformed. Therefore, the workability is excellent and the chassis 14 can be elastically sandwiched.
  • chassis 14 and the sandwiching portion 25b are each provided with a locking structure that controls the movement of the substrate holding member 20 in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 by locking each other.
  • the substrate holding member 20 is prevented from moving carelessly, the holding state with respect to the LED substrate 18 can be stably maintained.
  • the clamping part 25b can be elastically deformed, the operation of locking the locking structure or releasing the locked state can be easily performed, and the workability is excellent.
  • the locking structure includes a locking hole 14f formed in the chassis 14, and a locking protrusion 25c that protrudes from the clamping portion 25b toward the chassis 14 and can be locked to the edge of the locking hole 14f. It is composed of In this way, the movement of the substrate holding member 20 can be restricted by entering the locking projection 25c on the clamping portion 25b side into the locking hole 14f on the chassis 14 side and locking it to the hole edge. it can.
  • the mounting portion 25 is formed so as to be smaller than the mounting hole 14e in a plan view. If it does in this way, the operation
  • the main body portion 24 is provided with a support portion 26 as a protrusion protruding to the side opposite to the chassis 14 side.
  • the operator holds the support portion 26 that protrudes from the main body portion 24 to the opposite side of the chassis 14 and performs the attachment / detachment operation. Is possible. Thereby, workability
  • substrate holding member 20 can be improved further.
  • the support portion 26 is disposed at a position overlapping the mounting portion 25 when viewed in plan. In this way, when the operator performs the mounting operation of the substrate holding member 20 while holding the support portion 26, the position of the mounting portion 25 can be easily grasped, so that the workability is excellent.
  • the support portion 26 is disposed at a position that is concentric with the attachment portion 25. In this way, workability can be further improved.
  • the chassis 14 is provided with an optical member 15 disposed so as to cover the opening 14b so as to face the LED substrate 18 while an opening 14b for emitting light from the LED 17 is provided.
  • the support portion 26 can support the optical member 15. If it does in this way, it can control that an optical member deforms so that it may approach to LED17 side by supporting optical member 15 by support part 26.
  • the light source is the LED 17. In this way, high brightness and low power consumption can be achieved.
  • Embodiment 1 of this invention was shown, this invention is not restricted to the said embodiment, For example, the following modifications can also be included.
  • members similar to those in the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the above embodiment, and illustration and description thereof may be omitted.
  • Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 is demonstrated using FIG. 17 or FIG. Here, what changed the shape of the contact part 27-1 is shown.
  • the contact portion 27-1 is formed in an annular shape so as to surround the attachment portion 25 on the center side in the main body portion 24.
  • the contact portion 27-1 has a rectangular endless annular shape (frame shape) when seen in a plan view and extends along the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24.
  • the contact portion 27-1 has a semicircular cross section, and the contact surface with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is a spherical surface.
  • Embodiment 2 A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 19 or FIG. In this Embodiment 2, what changed the moving direction of the board
  • the main body portion 124 and the attachment portion 125 forming the substrate holding member 120 are both substantially rectangular (longitudinal) when viewed in plan, and the long side direction thereof is the Y-axis direction ( The short side direction of the LED substrate 18) and the short side direction are made to coincide with the X-axis direction (long side direction of the LED substrate 18).
  • the attachment hole 114e has a longitudinal shape similar to that of the main body portion 124 and the attachment portion 125.
  • the substrate holding member 120 is disposed at a substantially intermediate position between the diffusion lenses 19 (LEDs 17) adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction, and the moving direction associated with the attachment / detachment of the substrate holding member 120 with respect to the chassis 114 is the attachment portion 125 and It is set to coincide with the Y-axis direction which is the long side direction of the mounting hole 114e. Therefore, in setting the movement stroke of the substrate holding member 120, it is not necessary to consider the distance between the diffusion lenses 19 adjacent in the X-axis direction, thereby setting a larger movement stroke as compared with the first embodiment. It becomes possible.
  • the substrate holding member 120 can be arranged by setting the short side dimension of the main body 124 accordingly.
  • the substrate holding member 120 is less likely to interfere with the diffusing lens 19 and the workability during attachment / detachment is excellent.
  • the left side shown in FIG. 20 (upper side shown in FIG. 19) is the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 120, and the opposite right side (lower side shown in FIG. 19) is the removal direction.
  • the mounting hole 114e and the mounting portion 125 are disposed in a region between the LED substrates 18 adjacent to each other in the Y-axis direction, and are disposed at positions that do not overlap with the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. Therefore, it is not necessary to form the through hole 18b as in the first embodiment in the LED substrate 18.
  • the main body portion 124 has a long side dimension that is twice the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 and a distance between the LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction. In the state where the substrate holding member 120 is in the holding position, the main body portion 124 is disposed across the two LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction, and both the LED substrates 18 are collectively connected to the chassis 114. Hold. As shown in FIG.
  • two of the substrate holding members 120 are disposed at positions spaced apart from the LED substrate 18 in the X-axis direction (specifically, positions where the two diffusion lenses 19 are sandwiched).
  • the mounting portion 125 is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the LED substrate 18 in a plan view.
  • a chassis is interposed between the sandwiching portion 125b and the main body portion 124. Although the LED 114 is interposed, the LED substrate 18 is not interposed.
  • the LED substrate 18 has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of LEDs 17 are mounted along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole 114e has the LED substrate 18 mounted thereon.
  • the movement direction of the substrate holding member 120 coincides with the short side direction of the LED substrate 18. In this way, the LED substrate 18 can be held or released by moving the substrate holding member 120 along the short side direction of the LED substrate 18.
  • the main body 124 is arranged in a region between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between LED17 which adjoins among LED boards 18 can be used effectively.
  • the moving direction of the substrate holding member 120 is the short side direction of the LED substrate 18, that is, the direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the LEDs 17, the region between the adjacent LEDs 17 is at least as large as the size of the main body portion 124. If it is ensured, the substrate holding member 120 can be attached. That is, it is suitable when the arrangement pitch of the LEDs 17 is narrow.
  • a plurality of LED substrates 18 are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the LED substrate 18 in the chassis 114, whereas the attachment holes 114e and the attachment portions 125 are the same as the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. It is arranged at a position where it does not overlap. In this way, since it is not necessary to form a hole through which the attachment portion 125 is passed through the LED substrate 18, the manufacturing cost of the LED substrate 18 can be reduced. Further, it is advantageous in forming a wiring pattern WP for connecting the LEDs 17 on the LED substrate 18.
  • the plurality of LED boards 18 are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the LED board 18 in the chassis 114, whereas the main body 124 is arranged to straddle the plurality of LED boards 18. In this way, a plurality of LED boards 18 can be held together by a single board holding member 120. As compared with the case where each LED board 18 is individually held by a board holding member, the number of use of the board holding member 120 and the number of attaching / detaching operations thereof can be reduced, so that the workability can be further improved. .
  • Embodiment 2 of this invention was shown, this invention is not restricted to the said embodiment, For example, the following modifications can also be included.
  • members similar to those in the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the above embodiment, and illustration and description thereof may be omitted.
  • the body portion 124 is provided with a pair of attachment portions 125-1.
  • the first attachment portion 125A on the right side shown in FIG. 21 has the same configuration as the attachment portions 25 and 125 shown in the first and second embodiments, whereas FIG.
  • the second attachment portion 125B on the left side is different from the first attachment portion 125A in that it does not have a locking structure for the chassis 114.
  • the second attachment portion 125B includes a base portion 125Ba that protrudes from the main body portion 124 toward the back side, and a sandwiching portion 125Bb that extends in a cantilever direction from the base portion 125Ba toward the attachment direction of the substrate holding member 120 along the Y-axis direction.
  • the extending tip portion of the sandwiching portion 125Bb is bent away from the chassis 114 as it goes to the tip side, and this is a guide portion 125Bc that exhibits a guide function when attached. Thereby, the attaching / detaching work of the substrate holding member 120 can be further improved.
  • the second mounting portion 125B is disposed at a position where the second mounting portion 125B does not overlap with the LED substrate 18 when viewed in a plane, whereas the first mounting portion 125A is disposed at a position where a portion thereof overlaps with the LED substrate 18 when viewed in a plane. Has been.
  • the LED substrate 18 is sandwiched together with the chassis 114 between the sandwiching portion 125Ab and the main body portion 124 in the first attachment portion 125A.
  • the substrate holding member 120 can be more stably held with respect to the chassis 114.
  • the support portion 126 is disposed at a position overlapping the first attachment portion 125A when viewed in plan. In this modification, the contact portion is omitted.
  • the holding portion 125Ab can hold the LED board 18 together with the chassis 114 between the main body portion 124 and the holding portion 125Ab.
  • the LED board 18 can be held more stably. If the holding state on the LED board 18 is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the LED board 18 to the chassis 114 can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, and thus the luminous efficiency of the LED 17 can be maintained at a high level. It becomes.
  • a pair of substrate holding members 120-2 are attached to each LED substrate 18.
  • the main body portion 124-2 has a long side dimension slightly longer than the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18, and each LED substrate 18 is individually separated without straddling between the LED substrates 18 adjacent to each other in the Y-axis direction. Hold on.
  • the pair of substrate holding members 120-2 attached to each LED substrate 18 are respectively arranged at positions spaced apart from each other by a predetermined dimension (an interval of about two diffusion lenses 19 minutes) in the X-axis direction.
  • the long side dimension of the main body portion 124-2 is made shorter than that of the second embodiment and the modified example 1, so that the diffusing lens 19 is attached when the substrate holding member 120-2 is attached to or detached from the chassis 114.
  • the substrate holding member 120-2 is less likely to interfere with each other, thereby improving workability during attachment / detachment.
  • each LED board 18 is arranged in parallel in the Y-axis direction.
  • the substrate holding members 120-3 are arranged in pairs at positions separated from each LED substrate 18 in the X-axis direction, and collectively two adjacent LED substrates 18 in the Y-axis direction.
  • a plurality (specifically, a total of 24) are intermittently arranged in a zigzag shape.
  • Each board holding member 120-3 passes through the center position of the chassis 114 in the short side direction (Y-axis direction) and extends along the long side direction (X-axis direction) as a boundary. It is arranged so that the mounting direction with respect to is opposite.
  • the area in the chassis 114 can be divided into a first area A1 on the upper side shown in FIG. 24 with respect to the reference line L and a second area A2 on the lower side in the figure.
  • Each substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the direction of attachment to the chassis 114 is the direction of arrow Y1 shown in FIG. 24, whereas each substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the second region A2 3, the mounting direction with respect to the chassis 114 is opposite to the direction of the arrow Y2 shown in FIG. 24, that is, the direction of the arrow Y1.
  • the substrate holding member 120-3 disposed in the first region A1 is protruded from the base 125a-3 in the mounting portion 125-3. Is attached to the chassis 114 so as to coincide with the direction of the arrow line Y1.
  • the substrate holding member 120-3 disposed in the second region A2 is arranged so that the protruding direction of the clamping part 125b-3 from the base part 125a-3 in the attachment part 125-3 coincides with the direction of the arrow line Y2. Attached to the chassis 114. Further, the arrangement of the mounting holes (not shown) in the chassis 114 is also changed so as to be adapted to the arrangement of the respective mounting portions 125-3.
  • the removal direction of the substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the first area A1 coincides with the direction of the arrow Y2, whereas the substrate holding member 120- arranged in the second area A2 is used.
  • the removal direction of 3 coincides with the direction of the arrow line Y1.
  • the mounting directions of the substrate holding members 120-3 in the regions A1 and A2 are both directions away from the reference line L, while the removal directions are both directions close to the reference line L.
  • the worker in charge of attachment to the first area A1 and the attachment to the second area A2 It is preferable to share the work with the worker in charge.
  • the workers in charge of each of the areas A1 and A2 are arranged at positions where the chassis 114 is sandwiched in the Y-axis direction, and each worker has a common “the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 120-3 is the front side”. Therefore, it is difficult for each worker to misunderstand the work method, and the work efficiency can be improved. The same effect can be obtained when the substrate holding member 120-3 is removed from the chassis 114.
  • a plurality of the substrate holding members 120-3 are arranged in a distributed manner at positions sandwiching the reference line L across the approximate center of the chassis 114 in the chassis 114.
  • the substrate holding members 120-3 arranged at positions sandwiching the line L are set so that the moving directions accompanying the attachment to the chassis 114 are opposite to each other.
  • the work for attaching the areas A1 and A2 in the chassis 114 with the reference line L as a boundary is shared by the operator. It is possible to share the contents of work instructions to workers. Thereby, the working efficiency can be improved.
  • region A1, A2 can be changed suitably, for example, the attachment direction of each board
  • the removal direction can be the direction moving away from the reference line L.
  • the substrate holding member moves along the long side direction of the LED substrate, and the LED substrate is formed with a through hole.
  • the through hole is omitted from the LED substrate.
  • the main body portion may be extended to a position where it does not overlap with the LED substrate in plan view, and the attachment portion may be provided at a portion that does not overlap with the LED substrate.
  • the short side dimension of the main body can be made substantially the same as the short side dimension of the LED substrate, or can be made larger than the short side dimension of the LED substrate.
  • the substrate holding member moves along the short side direction of the LED substrate, and the LED substrate is not formed with a through hole. It is also possible to provide a through-hole in the LED substrate while arranging it to overlap.
  • the main body is formed in a rectangular shape (longitudinal shape) when viewed in plan, but the planar shape of the main body can be changed as appropriate.
  • the shape of the main body may be, for example, a circle, an ellipse, a square, or a triangle when viewed in plan.
  • the planar shape of the mounting portion can be changed as appropriate.
  • the attachment portion has a cantilever-shaped sandwiching portion.
  • the sandwiching portion can be a double-supported shape.
  • the present invention includes a sandwiching portion having a shape that expands in a flange shape from the protruding end of the base portion.
  • the substrate holding member and the chassis have the locking structure (the locking protrusion and the locking hole).
  • the structure in which the locking structure is omitted is also included in the present invention. .
  • only the second mounting portion that does not have the locking protrusion shown in Modification 1 of Embodiment 2 is provided on the substrate holding member as the mounting portion, and the locking hole is omitted from the chassis. That's fine. In that case, it is preferable from the viewpoint of securing the holding force to elastically clamp the chassis (LED substrate) by elastically deforming the clamping portion in the attached state.
  • the locking structure has been provided with a locking projection on the clamping portion side and a locking hole on the chassis side, but on the contrary, the locking projection on the chassis side, A structure in which a locking hole is provided on the holding part side is also included in the present invention.
  • the attachment hole is larger than the attachment portion when seen in a plane, but the attachment hole is smaller than the attachment portion when seen in a plane is also included in the present invention.
  • the long side dimension of the mounting hole (the dimension in the moving direction of the substrate holding member) may be smaller than the long side dimension of the mounting portion. In that case, when the substrate holding member is attached, the attachment portion can be inserted into the attachment hole by tilting the substrate holding member.
  • the movement direction of the substrate holding member accompanying attachment / detachment is the same as the long side direction or the short side direction of the LED substrate, but the movement direction is the long side direction of the LED substrate and Those that coincide with the direction (diagonal direction) intersecting both of the short side directions are also included in the present invention.
  • the number and arrangement of the substrate holding members on the chassis or LED substrate can be changed as appropriate. Specifically, two or more substrate holding members can be attached to one LED substrate. It is also possible to arrange the substrate holding members in a grid in the chassis.
  • the substrate holding member is shown in which the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion are arranged concentrically, but the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion overlap in plan view.
  • the present invention includes an arrangement in which the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion do not overlap in plan view.
  • the substrate holding member has the support portion that can support the optical member.
  • the support portion may be omitted.
  • the specific shape, arrangement, number of installations, and the like of the contact portion can be changed as appropriate.
  • the present invention includes those in which the contact portion has a cylindrical shape, a prismatic shape, a conical shape, a pyramid shape, or the like, and those in which the cross-sectional shape in the contact portion is a mountain shape (triangle) or an elliptical shape included. It is also possible to arrange the contact part at a position other than the outer edge part in the main body part. It is also possible to install three or less or five or more abutting portions with respect to the main body portion.
  • the portion of the main body portion between the base portion of the mounting portion and the contact portion is made elastic.
  • the main body portion needs to be elastic.
  • the present invention also includes a configuration in which the main body is set to be hardly or not elastically deformed. Even in such a case, the positions where the pressing force acts on the respective reflective sheets from the front side and the back side are shifted from each other when viewed in a plane, so that the stress concentration on each reflective sheet can be preferably alleviated. The effect of increasing the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction can be obtained.
  • the abutting portion is designed to positively bend easily. It is of course possible to make the main body elastically deformed even when there is no dimensional error by increasing the projecting dimension from the main body.
  • the contact portion is omitted.
  • the contact portion can be omitted.
  • the surface of the substrate holding member is exemplified as white.
  • the surface of the substrate holding member may be milky white or silver, for example.
  • the LED board is used in an appropriate combination of the five-mounting type, the six-mounting type, and the eight-mounting type, but other than five, six, and eight. What used the LED board which mounted the number of LED is also contained in this invention.
  • the present invention includes an LED using a type of LED in which three types of LED chips each emitting C (cyan), M (magenta), and Y (yellow) are monochromatic.
  • the LED using white light emitting LED is shown.
  • the red light emitting LED, the blue light emitting LED, and the green light emitting LED are used in appropriate combination. May be.
  • the screen size and the aspect ratio of the liquid crystal display device can be changed as appropriate.
  • the liquid crystal panel and the chassis are vertically placed with the short side direction aligned with the vertical direction.
  • the liquid crystal panel and the chassis have the long side direction in the vertical direction. Those that are in a vertically placed state matched with are also included in the present invention.
  • a TFT is used as a switching element of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device using a switching element other than TFT (for example, a thin film diode (TFD)), and color
  • a switching element other than TFT for example, a thin film diode (TFD)
  • color for example, a liquid crystal display device for display
  • the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device for monochrome display.
  • the liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal panel as the display panel has been exemplified.
  • the present invention can also be applied to display devices using other types of display panels.
  • the television receiver provided with the tuner is exemplified, but the present invention is also applicable to a display device not provided with the tuner.
  • SYMBOLS 10 Liquid crystal display device (display device), 11 ... Liquid crystal panel (display panel), 12 ... Backlight device (illumination device), 14, 114 ... Chassis, 14b ... Opening part, 14e, 114e ... Mounting hole, 14f ... Stop hole, 15 ... optical member, 17 ... LED (light source), 18 ... LED substrate (light source substrate), 20, 120 ... substrate holding member, 21 ... reflective sheet (reflective member), 22 ... reflective sheet for chassis (reflective member) ), 23... Reflective sheet (reflective member), 24, 124... Body part, 25, 125... Mounting part, 25 b, 125 b .. clamping part, 25 c. 27: Contact portion, C: Gap, TV: Television receiver, WP: Wiring pattern

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Planar Illumination Modules (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a backlight device (12) comprised of an LED (17) as a light source, a LED substrate (18) on which the LED (17) is mounted, a chassis (14) which contains the LED substrate (18) and has an attachment hole (14), a main body portion (24) which can sandwich and retain the LED substrate (18) together with the chassis (14), and a substrate retaining member (20) having an attachment portion (25) which is projected from the main body portion (24) toward the chassis (14) and is inserted into the attachment hole (14e). The attachment portion (25) has a sandwiching portion (25b) which can sandwich at least the chassis (14) together with the main body portion (24) in accordance with the movement of the substrate retaining member (20) in a direction along the plate surface of the chassis (14) while the attachment portion (25) is inserted into the attachment hole (14e).

Description

照明装置、表示装置、及びテレビ受信装置Lighting device, display device, and television receiver
 本発明は、照明装置、表示装置、及びテレビ受信装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a lighting device, a display device, and a television receiver.
 例えば、液晶テレビなどの液晶表示装置に用いる液晶パネルは、自発光しないため、別途に照明装置としてバックライト装置を必要としている。このバックライト装置は、液晶パネルの裏側(表示面とは反対側)に設置されるようになっており、液晶パネル側の面が開口したシャーシと、シャーシ内に収容される光源と、シャーシの内面に沿って配されて光をシャーシの開口部側に反射させる反射シートと、シャーシの開口部に配されて光源が発する光を効率的に液晶パネル側へ放出させるための光学部材(拡散シート等)とを備える。上記したバックライト装置の構成部品のうち、光源として例えばLEDを用いる場合があり、その場合には、シャーシ内にLEDを実装したLED基板を収容することになる。
 なお、光源としてLEDを用いたバックライト装置の一例として下記特許文献1に記載されたものが知られている。
For example, since a liquid crystal panel used for a liquid crystal display device such as a liquid crystal television does not emit light, a backlight device is separately required as a lighting device. The backlight device is installed on the back side of the liquid crystal panel (on the side opposite to the display surface). The chassis has an open surface on the liquid crystal panel side, a light source accommodated in the chassis, A reflection sheet that is disposed along the inner surface and reflects light toward the opening of the chassis, and an optical member that is disposed at the opening of the chassis and efficiently emits light emitted from the light source toward the liquid crystal panel (a diffusion sheet) Etc.). Among the components of the backlight device described above, for example, an LED may be used as a light source. In that case, an LED substrate on which the LED is mounted is accommodated in the chassis.
In addition, what was described in following patent document 1 is known as an example of the backlight apparatus which used LED as a light source.
特開2007-317423号公報JP 2007-317423 A
(発明が解決しようとする課題)
 ところで、LED基板をシャーシに対して取付状態に固定するにあたっては、一般的にはビスが用いられることが多く、シャーシに対してLED基板を着脱する際には、ビスを着脱する作業を行う必要がある。しかし、ビス止めによる固定方法を採用したのでは、ビスを着脱する作業自体の作業性が芳しくないのに加え、LED基板を安定的に固定するのに多数本のビスを用いる必要があるため、部品点数が多くなるとともにビスの着脱作業の回数が多くなり、作業性が悪化し易い、という問題があった。特に、液晶表示装置の大画面化などに伴いLED基板の使用枚数が多くなるほど、ビスの使用本数及びビスの着脱作業の回数も一層増加する傾向となるため、上記した問題が顕著になっていた。
(Problems to be solved by the invention)
By the way, when fixing the LED board to the chassis in a mounting state, screws are generally used, and when attaching or detaching the LED board to or from the chassis, it is necessary to work to attach or detach the screws. There is. However, when the fixing method by screwing is adopted, the workability of attaching / detaching the screw itself is not good, and it is necessary to use a large number of screws to stably fix the LED substrate. There is a problem that the number of parts increases and the number of operations for attaching and detaching screws increases, and workability is likely to deteriorate. In particular, as the number of LED substrates used increases with the increase in the screen size of liquid crystal display devices, the number of screws used and the number of screw attachment / detachment operations tend to increase further. .
 本発明は上記のような事情に基づいて完成されたものであって、作業性を向上させることを目的とする。 The present invention has been completed based on the above-described circumstances, and aims to improve workability.
(課題を解決するための手段)
 本発明の照明装置は、光源と、前記光源が実装された光源基板と、前記光源基板が収容されるとともに取付孔を有するシャーシと、前記シャーシとの間で前記光源基板を挟んで保持可能な本体部、及び前記本体部から前記シャーシ側に突出して前記取付孔内に挿入される取付部を有する基板保持部材とを備え、前記取付部は、前記取付孔内に挿入された状態で前記基板保持部材が前記シャーシの板面に沿う方向に移動されるのに伴い、前記本体部との間で少なくとも前記シャーシを挟持可能な挟持部を有している。
(Means for solving the problem)
The illuminating device of the present invention can be held by sandwiching the light source substrate between the light source, the light source substrate on which the light source is mounted, the chassis in which the light source substrate is accommodated and having a mounting hole, and the chassis. And a substrate holding member having a mounting portion that protrudes from the main body portion toward the chassis side and is inserted into the mounting hole, and the mounting portion is inserted into the mounting hole. As the holding member is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis, the holding member has a holding part capable of holding at least the chassis with the main body part.
 このようにすれば、光源基板をシャーシに取り付けるには、シャーシ内に光源基板を収容した状態で、基板保持部材の取付部をシャーシの取付孔内に挿入し、基板保持部材をシャーシの板面に沿う方向に移動させると、本体部と取付部の挟持部との間で少なくともシャーシが挟持されることで、基板保持部材がシャーシに対して取付状態に保持される。この状態では、光源基板は、本体部とシャーシとの間に挟まれることでシャーシに対して取付状態に保持される。一方、光源基板をシャーシから取り外す場合には、シャーシの板面に沿う方向であって取り付け時とは逆向きに基板保持部材を移動させることで、挟持部によるシャーシに対する挟持状態を解除しつつ、基板保持部材をシャーシから取り外すようにする。これにより、基板保持部材による光源基板の保持状態が解除されるので、シャーシから光源基板を取り外すことができる。 In this way, in order to attach the light source board to the chassis, with the light source board accommodated in the chassis, the board holding member mounting portion is inserted into the chassis mounting hole, and the board holding member is mounted on the chassis plate surface. When the substrate holding member is moved in the direction along, the substrate holding member is held in the attached state with respect to the chassis by at least the chassis being sandwiched between the main body portion and the clamping portion of the attaching portion. In this state, the light source substrate is held between the main body and the chassis so as to be attached to the chassis. On the other hand, when removing the light source board from the chassis, by moving the board holding member in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis and in the opposite direction to the time of attachment, releasing the clamping state of the chassis by the clamping part, The board holding member is removed from the chassis. Thereby, since the holding state of the light source substrate by the substrate holding member is released, the light source substrate can be removed from the chassis.
 従来では、光源基板をビス止めしていたため、ビスを着脱する作業自体の作業性が芳しくないなどの理由から作業性が悪化し易い傾向にあったものの、本発明によれば、基板保持部材をシャーシの板面に沿う方向に移動させる作業を行うことで、基板保持部材により光源基板を保持したり、その保持状態を解除することが容易にできるから、光源基板を着脱する際の作業性が良好なものとされる。 Conventionally, since the light source substrate is screwed, the workability of the work itself for attaching and detaching the screw tended to deteriorate easily, but according to the present invention, the substrate holding member is By performing the operation of moving in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis, it is easy to hold the light source substrate by the substrate holding member and to release the holding state. It is considered good.
 ところで、本発明に係る基板保持部材は、シャーシとの間で光源基板を挟んで保持するようにしているため、例えば光源基板に実装された光源に不良が生じていて光源基板の交換または修理が必要な場合には、基板保持部材及び光源基板をシャーシからそれぞれ取り外す必要があり、例えば冷陰極管を保持するランプクリップでは冷陰極管の取り外し作業のみを行えばよいのと比べると、基板保持部材の取り外し作業の頻度が高くなる傾向とされる。また、光源基板は、当該照明装置が大型化するのに伴い、その使用数が増加する傾向にあることから、大型化に伴い基板保持部材の使用数並びにその着脱作業回数も多くなる傾向とされる。以上の事情から、光源基板を保持する基板保持部材における着脱時の作業性を向上させることで、当該照明装置を修理などする際の作業性、並びに当該照明装置が大型化した場合の作業性を著しく向上させることができるのである。 By the way, since the substrate holding member according to the present invention holds the light source substrate between the chassis and the chassis, for example, the light source mounted on the light source substrate is defective and the light source substrate can be replaced or repaired. When necessary, it is necessary to remove the substrate holding member and the light source substrate from the chassis. For example, in the lamp clip holding the cold cathode tube, the substrate holding member is only required to be removed. It is said that the frequency of the removal work is increased. Further, since the number of use of the light source substrate tends to increase as the lighting device increases in size, the number of substrate holding members used and the number of attaching / detaching operations increase as the size increases. The From the above circumstances, by improving the workability at the time of attaching and detaching the substrate holding member that holds the light source substrate, the workability when repairing the lighting device and the workability when the lighting device is increased in size. It can be significantly improved.
 本発明の実施態様として、次の構成が好ましい。
(1)前記光源基板は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿って前記光源が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、前記取付孔は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、前記基板保持部材における移動方向が前記光源基板及び前記取付孔における長辺方向と一致している。このようにすれば、光源基板及び取付孔における長辺方向に沿って基板保持部材を移動させることで、光源基板を保持または保持状態を解除することができる。
The following configuration is preferable as an embodiment of the present invention.
(1) The light source substrate has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of the light sources are mounted side by side along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole is a longitudinal length parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. The movement direction of the substrate holding member coincides with the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole. In this case, the light source substrate can be held or released by moving the substrate holding member along the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole.
(2)前記挟持部は、前記本体部との間で前記シャーシと共に前記光源基板を挟持可能とされる。このようにすれば、本体部と挟持部との間で、シャーシと共に光源基板が挟持されるので、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。光源基板における保持状態が安定化すれば、例えば光源基板からシャーシへの伝熱性が高められるとともに放熱特性を向上させることができ、もって光源の発光効率を高い状態に維持することが可能となる。 (2) The said clamping part can clamp the said light source board with the said chassis between the said main-body parts. In this way, the light source substrate is sandwiched with the chassis between the main body portion and the sandwiching portion, so that the light source substrate can be more stably held. If the holding state in the light source substrate is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the light source substrate to the chassis can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, so that the light emission efficiency of the light source can be maintained high.
(3)前記取付部は、平面に視て前記光源基板と重畳する位置に配されるのに対し、前記光源基板には、前記取付孔に連通するとともに前記取付部が通される貫通孔が設けられていて、前記本体部と前記挟持部との間には、前記シャーシと共に前記貫通孔の縁部が挟持される。このようにすれば、シャーシと共に光源基板における貫通孔の縁部が本体部と挟持部との間に挟持されるので、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。 (3) The mounting portion is disposed at a position overlapping the light source substrate in a plan view, whereas the light source substrate has a through hole that communicates with the mounting hole and through which the mounting portion is passed. The edge part of the through-hole is clamped with the said chassis between the said main-body part and the said clamping part. In this way, since the edge of the through hole in the light source substrate is sandwiched between the main body and the sandwiching portion together with the chassis, the light source substrate can be more stably held.
(4)前記光源基板には、前記光源同士を接続する配線パターンが長辺方向に沿って延在して形成されているのに対し、前記貫通孔は、前記光源基板及び前記取付孔における長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、貫通孔が光源基板及び取付孔における長辺方向、つまり配線パターンの延在方向に並行する長手状をなしているから、仮に貫通孔が配線パターンの延在方向と直交する長手状をなす場合と比べると、光源基板に貫通孔及び配線パターンを形成するにあたり、光源基板における短辺寸法を小さくすることができる。これにより、光源基板における材料費を削減できるとともにシャーシ内における光源基板の配置スペースを小さくすることもできる。 (4) Whereas the wiring pattern for connecting the light sources extends along the long side direction on the light source substrate, the through hole is long in the light source substrate and the mounting hole. It has a longitudinal shape parallel to the side direction. In this case, since the through hole has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole, that is, the extending direction of the wiring pattern, the through hole is assumed to be orthogonal to the extending direction of the wiring pattern. Compared to the case of forming a longitudinal shape, the short side dimension of the light source substrate can be reduced in forming the through hole and the wiring pattern in the light source substrate. Thereby, the material cost in the light source substrate can be reduced, and the arrangement space of the light source substrate in the chassis can be reduced.
(5)前記貫通孔の縁部には、前記取付部が当接可能とされる。このようにすれば、取付部を貫通孔の縁部に当接させることで、基板保持部材に対して光源基板を位置決めすることができる。 (5) The mounting portion can be brought into contact with an edge portion of the through hole. In this way, the light source substrate can be positioned with respect to the substrate holding member by bringing the attachment portion into contact with the edge of the through hole.
(6)前記本体部は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、挟持部との間で光源基板を挟んで保持する本体部が光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状とされるから、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。 (6) The main body has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. According to this configuration, since the main body portion that holds the light source substrate between the holding portion and the holding portion has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate, the light source substrate can be more stably held. .
(7)前記本体部は、前記光源基板に対してその短辺方向について同心となる位置に配されている。このようにすれば、挟持部との間で光源基板を挟んで保持する本体部が光源基板に対してその短辺方向について同心となる位置に配されているから、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。 (7) The said main-body part is distribute | arranged to the position which becomes concentric about the short side direction with respect to the said light source substrate. In this way, the main body portion that holds the light source substrate between the holding portion and the holding portion is disposed at a position that is concentric with respect to the light source substrate in the short side direction. Can be held.
(8)前記挟持部は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、本体部との間でシャーシ及び光源基板を挟持する挟持部が光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状とされるから、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。 (8) The clamping portion has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. According to this configuration, since the sandwiching portion that sandwiches the chassis and the light source substrate with the main body has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate, the light source substrate can be more stably held. .
(9)前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の間の領域に配されている。このようにすれば、光源基板のうち隣り合う光源の間の領域を有効に利用することができる。 (9) The main body is disposed in a region between the adjacent light sources in the light source substrate as viewed in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between adjacent light sources among light source boards can be used effectively.
(10)前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の中間位置に配されている。このようにすれば、本体部に対して隣り合う各光源までの距離がほぼ等しくなるから、各光源から発せられた光に対する本体部の光学的影響をほぼ等しくすることができる。これにより、当該照明装置における出射光にムラが生じ難くなる。 (10) The main body is disposed at an intermediate position between the light sources adjacent to each other in the light source substrate in a plan view. In this way, since the distance to each light source adjacent to the main body is substantially equal, the optical influence of the main body on the light emitted from each light source can be made substantially equal. Thereby, unevenness is less likely to occur in the emitted light in the illumination device.
(11)前記光源基板は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿って前記光源が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、前記取付孔は、前記光源基板の短辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、前記基板保持部材における移動方向が前記光源基板における短辺方向と一致している。このようにすれば、光源基板における短辺方向に沿って基板保持部材を移動させることで、光源基板を保持または保持状態を解除することができる。 (11) While the light source substrate has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of the light sources are mounted side by side along the long side direction, the mounting hole is a longitudinal direction parallel to the short side direction of the light source substrate. The movement direction in the said board | substrate holding member corresponds with the short side direction in the said light source board | substrate. If it does in this way, a light source board | substrate can be hold | maintained or a holding | maintenance state can be cancelled | released by moving a board | substrate holding member along the short side direction in a light source board | substrate.
(12)前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の間の領域に配されている。このようにすれば、光源基板のうち隣り合う光源の間の領域を有効に利用することができる。ここで、基板保持部材の移動方向は、光源基板の短辺方向、すなわち光源の並び方向と直交する方向であるから、隣り合う光源の間の領域が少なくとも本体部の寸法と同じ程度に確保されていれば、基板保持部材の取り付けが可能となる。つまり、光源の配列ピッチが狭い場合に好適となる。 (12) The main body is disposed in a region between the adjacent light sources in the light source substrate as viewed in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between adjacent light sources among light source boards can be used effectively. Here, since the movement direction of the substrate holding member is the short side direction of the light source substrate, that is, the direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the light sources, the area between the adjacent light sources is secured at least as large as the dimensions of the main body. If so, the substrate holding member can be attached. That is, it is suitable when the arrangement pitch of the light sources is narrow.
(13)前記光源基板は、前記シャーシ内において複数が前記光源基板の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、前記取付孔及び前記取付部は、平面に視て前記光源基板とは重畳しない位置に配されている。このようにすれば、光源基板に取付部を通す孔を形成する必要がないから、光源基板の製造コストを低減することができる。また、光源基板において光源同士を接続する配線パターンを形成する上でも有利となる。 (13) Whereas a plurality of the light source boards are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the light source board in the chassis, the mounting hole and the mounting portion are connected to the light source board in a plan view. Are arranged at positions where they do not overlap. In this way, it is not necessary to form a hole through which the attachment portion is passed through the light source substrate, so that the manufacturing cost of the light source substrate can be reduced. Further, it is advantageous in forming a wiring pattern for connecting the light sources to each other on the light source substrate.
(14)前記光源基板は、前記シャーシ内において複数が前記光源基板の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、前記本体部は、複数の前記光源基板に跨るよう配されている。このようにすれば、1つの基板保持部材により複数の光源基板を一括して保持することができる。仮に各光源基板を個別に基板保持部材により保持するものと比べると、基板保持部材の使用数及びその着脱作業回数を削減することができるので、作業性の一層の向上を図ることができる。 (14) While the plurality of light source boards are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the light source board in the chassis, the main body is arranged to straddle the plurality of light source boards. . In this way, a plurality of light source substrates can be collectively held by one substrate holding member. As compared with the case where each light source substrate is individually held by the substrate holding member, the number of substrate holding members used and the number of attaching / detaching operations thereof can be reduced, so that the workability can be further improved.
(15)前記挟持部は、前記本体部との間で前記シャーシと共に前記光源基板を挟持可能とされる。このようにすれば、本体部と挟持部との間で、シャーシと共に光源基板が挟持されるので、光源基板をより安定的に保持することができる。光源基板における保持状態が安定化すれば、例えば光源基板からシャーシへの伝熱性が高められるとともに放熱特性を向上させることができ、もって光源の発光効率を高い状態に維持することが可能となる。 (15) The clamping unit can clamp the light source substrate together with the chassis between the body unit. In this way, the light source substrate is sandwiched with the chassis between the main body portion and the sandwiching portion, so that the light source substrate can be more stably held. If the holding state in the light source substrate is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the light source substrate to the chassis can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, so that the light emission efficiency of the light source can be maintained high.
(16)前記本体部と前記光源基板との間には、光を反射させる反射部材が介在しており、前記本体部における前記反射部材との対向面には、前記反射部材側に突出し、前記反射部材に対して当接される当接部が設けられている。このようにすれば、反射部材を光源基板と共に保持することができる。反射部材に当接される当接部は、本体部から反射部材側に突出する形態とされるから、仮に本体部における反射部材との対向面が全域にわたって反射部材に対して当接される場合と比べると、反射部材に対する基板保持部材の接触面積を小さくすることができる。逆に言うと、反射部材においては、基板保持部材とは非接触で、基板保持部材により押さえられない部分の面積が大きくなる。この押さえられない部分は、基板保持部材が接触して押さえられる部分と比べると、熱環境の変化により熱膨張または熱収縮が生じたときに伸縮し易くなっている。そして、この押さえられない部分の面積が大きくなれば、反射部材全体として伸縮の自由度が高まることになるので、伸縮に伴う撓みや反りなどの変形が局所的に顕在化するのを抑制することができる。 (16) A reflection member that reflects light is interposed between the main body and the light source substrate, and protrudes toward the reflection member on a surface facing the reflection member in the main body, An abutting portion that abuts against the reflecting member is provided. If it does in this way, a reflective member can be held with a light source substrate. Since the contact portion that contacts the reflecting member protrudes from the main body portion toward the reflecting member, the surface facing the reflecting member in the main body portion is in contact with the reflecting member over the entire area. As compared with, the contact area of the substrate holding member with respect to the reflecting member can be reduced. In other words, the reflective member is not in contact with the substrate holding member, and the area of the portion that is not pressed by the substrate holding member increases. This unpressed portion is more easily expanded and contracted when thermal expansion or contraction occurs due to a change in the thermal environment, compared to the portion pressed by the substrate holding member. And if the area of this unpressed part increases, the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction will increase as a whole reflecting member, so that deformation such as bending and warping accompanying expansion and contraction is suppressed from being locally revealed. Can do.
(17)前記当接部は、前記本体部において前記取付部から離れた位置に配されている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材を製造する上で寸法誤差が生じた場合において、例えば本体部からの当接部の突出寸法が設定値よりも大きくなると、反射部材に対して作用する押さえ力が過度に大きくなるおそれがある。そのような場合でも、本体部において当接部が取付部から離れた位置に配されているので、本体部のうち取付部から当接部までの部分を弾性変形させて、増加し得る押さえ力を吸収することが可能となる。これにより、当接部から反射部材に過度の押さえ力が作用するのを防ぐことができ、もって反射部材における伸縮の自由度を担保することができる。 (17) The contact portion is disposed at a position away from the attachment portion in the main body portion. In this way, when a dimensional error occurs in manufacturing the substrate holding member, for example, when the protruding dimension of the abutting portion from the main body becomes larger than the set value, the pressing force acting on the reflecting member May become excessively large. Even in such a case, since the contact portion is arranged at a position away from the attachment portion in the main body portion, the pressing force that can be increased by elastically deforming the portion of the main body portion from the attachment portion to the contact portion. Can be absorbed. Thereby, it is possible to prevent an excessive pressing force from acting on the reflecting member from the abutting portion, thereby ensuring a degree of freedom of expansion and contraction in the reflecting member.
(18)前記取付部が前記本体部における中央側に配されるのに対し、前記当接部は、前記本体部における外縁部に配されている。このようにすれば、取付部を本体部における中央側に配することで、シャーシに対して基板保持部材を安定的に保持させることができる。その上で、当接部を本体部における外縁部に配することで、取付部と当接部との間の距離を最大限に確保でき、本体部をより弾性変形し易くすることが可能となる。これにより、基板保持部材を製造する上で生じる寸法誤差の吸収幅を高めることができ、もって反射部材における伸縮の自由度をより安定的に担保することができる。 (18) The attachment portion is disposed on the center side of the main body portion, whereas the contact portion is disposed on an outer edge portion of the main body portion. If it does in this way, a board | substrate holding member can be stably hold | maintained with respect to a chassis by arranging an attaching part in the center side in a main-body part. In addition, by arranging the contact portion on the outer edge portion of the main body portion, it is possible to secure the maximum distance between the mounting portion and the contact portion, and to make the main body portion more easily elastically deformed. Become. Thereby, the absorption width of the dimensional error produced when manufacturing a board | substrate holding member can be raised, and, thereby, the freedom degree of expansion / contraction in a reflection member can be ensured more stably.
(19)前記当接部は、前記本体部において前記取付部を挟んだ位置に少なくとも一対配されている。このようにすれば、反射部材に対して押さえ力をバランスよく作用させることができ、反射部材の伸縮の自由度を高めつつも反射部材を適切に保持することが可能となる。また、一対の当接部間において本体部を弓形に弾性変形させることができる。 (19) At least one pair of the contact portions is arranged at a position sandwiching the attachment portion in the main body portion. If it does in this way, pressing force can be made to act with sufficient balance to a reflective member, and it becomes possible to hold a reflective member appropriately, raising the flexibility of expansion and contraction of a reflective member. Further, the main body portion can be elastically deformed into an arcuate shape between the pair of contact portions.
(20)前記当接部は、前記取付部を中心にした対称位置に配されている。このようにすれば、反射部材に対して押さえ力を一層バランスよく作用させることができる。 (20) The contact portion is arranged at a symmetrical position with the attachment portion as a center. In this way, the pressing force can be applied to the reflecting member in a more balanced manner.
(21)前記挟持部は、前記基板保持部材の移動方向に沿って延出する片持ち状をなすとともに弾性変形可能とされる。このようにすれば、基板保持部材を移動させるのに伴って、本体部と取付部の挟持部との間で少なくともシャーシが挟持される際に、挟持部が弾性変形可能とされるので、作業性に優れるとともにシャーシを弾性的に挟持することが可能となる。 (21) The sandwiching portion has a cantilever shape extending along the moving direction of the substrate holding member and is elastically deformable. In this way, as the substrate holding member is moved, at least the chassis is clamped between the main body portion and the clamping portion of the mounting portion, so that the clamping portion can be elastically deformed. It is possible to hold the chassis elastically while being excellent in performance.
(22)前記シャーシと前記挟持部とには、互いに係止することで前記基板保持部材における前記シャーシの板面に沿う方向への移動を規制する係止構造がそれぞれ設けられている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材が不用意に移動するのが防がれるから、光源基板に対する保持状態を安定的に維持することが可能とされる。また、挟持部が弾性変形可能とされるので、係止構造を係止させたり係止状態を解除する作業を容易に行うことができ、作業性に優れる。 (22) The chassis and the sandwiching portion are each provided with a locking structure that locks the substrate holding member to restrict movement of the substrate holding member in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis. In this way, the substrate holding member is prevented from being moved inadvertently, so that the holding state with respect to the light source substrate can be stably maintained. Moreover, since the clamping part can be elastically deformed, the operation of locking the locking structure or releasing the locked state can be easily performed, and the workability is excellent.
(23)前記係止構造は、前記シャーシに形成される係止孔と、前記挟持部から前記シャーシ側に突出するとともに前記係止孔の孔縁に対して係止可能な係止突部とから構成されている。このようにすれば、挟持部側の係止突部をシャーシ側の係止孔内に進入させ、孔縁に係止させることで、基板保持部材の移動を規制することができる。 (23) The locking structure includes: a locking hole formed in the chassis; and a locking protrusion that protrudes from the clamping portion toward the chassis and can be locked to a hole edge of the locking hole. It is composed of If it does in this way, the movement of a board | substrate holding member can be controlled by making the latching protrusion by the side of a clamping part approach in the latching hole by the side of a chassis, and making it latch to a hole edge.
(24)前記取付部は、平面に視て前記取付孔よりも小さくなるよう形成されている。このようにすれば、取付孔に対して取付部を挿抜する作業を容易に行うことができ、作業性に優れる。 (24) The mounting portion is formed so as to be smaller than the mounting hole in a plan view. If it does in this way, the operation | work which inserts / extracts an attachment part with respect to an attachment hole can be performed easily, and it is excellent in workability | operativity.
(25)前記本体部には、前記シャーシ側とは反対側に突出する突部が設けられている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材をシャーシに対して着脱するに際し、作業者は、本体部からシャーシ側とは反対側に突出する突部を把持して着脱作業を行うことが可能とされる。これにより、基板保持部材を着脱する際の作業性を一層向上させることができる。 (25) The main body is provided with a protrusion that protrudes on the opposite side of the chassis. In this way, when attaching / detaching the substrate holding member to / from the chassis, the operator can perform attachment / detachment work by grasping the protrusion protruding from the main body portion to the side opposite to the chassis side. . Thereby, workability | operativity at the time of attaching or detaching a board | substrate holding member can be improved further.
(26)前記突部は、平面に視て前記取付部と重畳する位置に配されている。このようにすれば、作業者が突部を把持しつつ基板保持部材の取付作業を行う際、取付部の位置を容易に把握することができるので、作業性に優れる。 (26) The protrusion is disposed at a position overlapping the attachment portion when seen in a plane. In this way, when the worker performs the mounting operation of the substrate holding member while gripping the protrusion, the position of the mounting portion can be easily grasped, so that the workability is excellent.
(27)前記突部は、前記取付部と同心となる位置に配されている。このようにすれば、作業性を一層向上させることができる。 (27) The protrusion is arranged at a position that is concentric with the attachment portion. In this way, workability can be further improved.
(28)前記シャーシには、前記光源からの光を出射するための開口部が設けられるのに対し、前記光源基板と対向するよう前記開口部を覆う形で配される光学部材が備えられており、前記突部は、前記光学部材を支持可能とされる。このようにすれば、突部により光学部材を支持することで、光学部材が光源側に接近するよう変形するのを規制することができる。 (28) The chassis is provided with an optical member arranged to cover the opening so as to face the light source substrate, while an opening for emitting light from the light source is provided. The protrusion is capable of supporting the optical member. If it does in this way, it can control that an optical member deforms so that it may approach the light source side by supporting an optical member with a projection.
(29)前記基板保持部材は、前記シャーシ内において前記シャーシの略中央を横切る基準線を挟んだ位置に複数が分散して配されており、前記基準線を挟んだ位置に配された前記基板保持部材は、前記シャーシに対する取り付けに伴う移動方向が互いに逆向きとなる設定とされている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材をシャーシに取り付ける作業を行うにあたり、基準線を境界にしてシャーシ内の各領域に対する取付作業を作業者に分担させるとともに、各作業者への作業指示内容を共通化させることが可能とされる。これにより、作業効率の向上を図ることができる。 (29) A plurality of the substrate holding members are arranged in a distributed manner at positions sandwiching a reference line crossing substantially the center of the chassis in the chassis, and the substrate disposed at a position sandwiching the reference line The holding member is set so that the moving directions accompanying the attachment to the chassis are opposite to each other. In this way, when performing the work of attaching the board holding member to the chassis, the work of attaching the work to each area in the chassis is shared with the reference line as a boundary, and the work instruction content to each worker is shared. It is possible to make it. Thereby, the working efficiency can be improved.
(30)前記光源は、LEDとされる。このようにすれば、高輝度化及び低消費電力化などを図ることができる。 (30) The light source is an LED. In this way, high brightness and low power consumption can be achieved.
 次に、上記課題を解決するために、本発明の表示装置は、上記記載の照明装置と、前記照明装置からの光を利用して表示を行う表示パネルとを備える。 Next, in order to solve the above problem, a display device of the present invention includes the above-described illumination device and a display panel that performs display using light from the illumination device.
 このような表示装置によると、表示パネルに対して光を供給する照明装置が、光源基板を着脱する際の作業性に優れたものであるため、製造コストの低減などを図ることが可能となる。 According to such a display device, the illuminating device that supplies light to the display panel is excellent in workability when the light source substrate is attached and detached, so that it is possible to reduce the manufacturing cost. .
 前記表示パネルとしては液晶パネルを例示することができる。このような表示装置は液晶表示装置として、種々の用途、例えばテレビやパソコンのディスプレイ等に適用でき、特に大型画面用として好適である。 A liquid crystal panel can be exemplified as the display panel. Such a display device can be applied as a liquid crystal display device to various uses such as a display of a television or a personal computer, and is particularly suitable for a large screen.
(発明の効果)
 本発明によれば、作業性を向上させることができる。
(The invention's effect)
According to the present invention, workability can be improved.
本発明の実施形態1に係るテレビ受信装置の概略構成を示す分解斜視図1 is an exploded perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a television receiver according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. テレビ受信装置が備える液晶表示装置の概略構成を示す分解斜視図The exploded perspective view which shows schematic structure of the liquid crystal display device with which a television receiver is equipped 液晶表示装置に備わるシャーシにおけるLED基板及び基板保持部材の配置構成を示す平面図The top view which shows the arrangement configuration of the LED board and board | substrate holding member in the chassis with which a liquid crystal display device is equipped. 液晶表示装置における図3のiv-iv線断面図Sectional view taken along line iv-iv in FIG. 3 in the liquid crystal display device 液晶表示装置における図3のv-v線断面図3 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vv in FIG. LED基板及び基板保持部材の詳しい配置構成を示す平面図The top view which shows the detailed arrangement structure of a LED board and a board | substrate holding member 図6のvii-vii線断面図Vii-vii sectional view of FIG. 図6のviii-viii線断面図Viii-viii sectional view of FIG. 図6のix-ix線断面図Sectional view taken along line ix-ix in FIG. LED基板の平面図Plan view of LED board LED基板に基板用反射シート及び拡散レンズを取り付けた状態(光源ユニット)を示す平面図The top view which shows the state (light source unit) which attached the reflective sheet for substrates, and the diffusion lens to the LED substrate 基板保持部材の平面図Plan view of substrate holding member 基板保持部材の底面図Bottom view of substrate holding member 基板保持部材をシャーシに取り付ける前の状態を示す図6のvii-vii線断面図FIG. 6 is a sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG. 6 showing a state before the board holding member is attached to the chassis. 基板保持部材をシャーシに対して解除位置に配した状態を示す図6のvii-vii線断面図FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG. 基板保持部材をシャーシに取り付けた状態で且つ本体部が弾性変形した状態を示す図6のvii-vii線断面図FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line vii-vii in FIG. 実施形態1の変形例1に係る基板保持部材を示す底面図The bottom view which shows the board | substrate holding member which concerns on the modification 1 of Embodiment 1. FIG. 基板保持部材をシャーシに取り付ける前の状態を示す断面図Sectional drawing which shows the state before attaching a board | substrate holding member to a chassis 本発明の実施形態2に係る基板保持部材のシャーシにおける配置を示す平面図The top view which shows arrangement | positioning in the chassis of the board | substrate holding member which concerns on Embodiment 2 of this invention. 図19のxx-xx線断面図Xx-xx line sectional view of FIG. 実施形態2の変形例1に係る基板保持部材をシャーシに取り付けた状態を示す断面図Sectional drawing which shows the state which attached the board | substrate holding member which concerns on the modification 1 of Embodiment 2 to the chassis. 実施形態2の変形例2に係る基板保持部材のシャーシにおける配置を示す平面図The top view which shows arrangement | positioning in the chassis of the board | substrate holding member which concerns on the modification 2 of Embodiment 2. FIG. 図22のxxiii-xxiii線断面図Xxiii-xxiii sectional view of FIG. 実施形態2の変形例3に係るシャーシにおけるLED基板及び基板保持部材の配置構成を示す平面図The top view which shows the arrangement configuration of the LED board in the chassis which concerns on the modification 3 of Embodiment 2, and a board | substrate holding member. LED基板及び基板保持部材の詳しい配置構成を示す平面図The top view which shows the detailed arrangement structure of a LED board and a board | substrate holding member
 <実施形態1>
 本発明の実施形態1を図1から図16によって説明する。本実施形態では、液晶表示装置10について例示する。なお、各図面の一部にはX軸、Y軸及びZ軸を示しており、各軸方向が各図面で示した方向となるように描かれている。また、図4及び図5に示す上側を表側とし、同図下側を裏側とする。
<Embodiment 1>
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In this embodiment, the liquid crystal display device 10 is illustrated. In addition, a part of each drawing shows an X axis, a Y axis, and a Z axis, and each axis direction is drawn to be a direction shown in each drawing. Moreover, let the upper side shown in FIG.4 and FIG.5 be a front side, and let the lower side of the figure be a back side.
 本実施形態に係るテレビ受信装置TVは、図1に示すように、液晶表示装置10と、当該液晶表示装置10を挟むようにして収容する表裏両キャビネットCa,Cbと、電源Pと、チューナーTと、スタンドSとを備えて構成される。液晶表示装置(表示装置)10は、全体として横長の方形(矩形状)を成し、縦置き状態で収容されている。この液晶表示装置10は、図2に示すように、表示パネルである液晶パネル11と、外部光源であるバックライト装置(照明装置)12とを備え、これらが枠状のベゼル13などにより一体的に保持されるようになっている。本実施形態では、画面サイズが42インチで横縦比が16:9のものを例示するものとする。 As shown in FIG. 1, the television receiver TV according to the present embodiment includes a liquid crystal display device 10, front and back cabinets Ca and Cb that are accommodated so as to sandwich the liquid crystal display device 10, a power source P, a tuner T, And a stand S. The liquid crystal display device (display device) 10 has a horizontally long rectangular shape (rectangular shape) as a whole and is accommodated in a vertically placed state. As shown in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 10 includes a liquid crystal panel 11 that is a display panel and a backlight device (illumination device) 12 that is an external light source, which are integrated by a frame-like bezel 13 or the like. Is supposed to be retained. In this embodiment, the screen size is 42 inches and the aspect ratio is 16: 9.
 次に、液晶表示装置10を構成する液晶パネル11及びバックライト装置12について順次に説明する。このうち、液晶パネル(表示パネル)11は、平面視矩形状をなしており、一対のガラス基板が所定のギャップを隔てた状態で貼り合わせられるとともに、両ガラス基板間に液晶が封入された構成とされる。一方のガラス基板には、互いに直交するソース配線とゲート配線とに接続されたスイッチング素子(例えばTFT)と、そのスイッチング素子に接続された画素電極、さらには配向膜等が設けられ、他方のガラス基板には、R(赤色),G(緑色),B(青色)等の各着色部が所定配列で配置されたカラーフィルタや対向電極、さらには配向膜等が設けられている。なお、両基板の外側には偏光板が配されている。 Next, the liquid crystal panel 11 and the backlight device 12 constituting the liquid crystal display device 10 will be described sequentially. Among these, the liquid crystal panel (display panel) 11 has a rectangular shape in plan view, and a pair of glass substrates are bonded together with a predetermined gap therebetween, and liquid crystal is sealed between the glass substrates. It is said. One glass substrate is provided with a switching element (for example, TFT) connected to a source wiring and a gate wiring orthogonal to each other, a pixel electrode connected to the switching element, an alignment film, and the like. The substrate is provided with a color filter and counter electrodes in which colored portions such as R (red), G (green), and B (blue) are arranged in a predetermined arrangement, and an alignment film. A polarizing plate is disposed on the outside of both substrates.
 続いて、バックライト装置12について詳しく説明する。バックライト装置12は、図2に示すように、光出射面側(液晶パネル11側)に開口部14bを有した略箱型をなすシャーシ14と、シャーシ14の開口部14bを覆うようにして配される光学部材15群(拡散板(光拡散部材)15aと、拡散板15aと液晶パネル11との間に配される複数の光学シート15b)、シャーシ14の外縁部に沿って配され光学部材15群の外縁部をシャーシ14との間で挟んで保持するフレーム16とを備える。さらに、シャーシ14内には、図3から図5に示すように、光源であるLED17(Light Emitting Diode:発光ダイオード)と、LED17が実装されたLED基板18と、LED基板18においてLED17に対応した位置に取り付けられる拡散レンズ19とが備えられる。その上、シャーシ14内には、LED基板18をシャーシ14との間で保持することが可能な基板保持部材20と、シャーシ14内の光を光学部材15側に反射させる反射シート21とが備えられる。なお、当該バックライト装置12においては、LED17よりも光学部材15側が光出射側となっている。以下では、バックライト装置12の各構成部品について詳しく説明する。 Subsequently, the backlight device 12 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 2, the backlight device 12 covers the chassis 14 having a substantially box shape having an opening 14 b on the light emitting surface side (the liquid crystal panel 11 side), and the opening 14 b of the chassis 14. A group of optical members 15 (diffusion plate (light diffusion member) 15a and a plurality of optical sheets 15b arranged between the diffusion plate 15a and the liquid crystal panel 11), and an optical member disposed along the outer edge of the chassis 14. And a frame 16 that holds the outer edge portion of the group of members 15 between the chassis 14 and the chassis 14. Further, in the chassis 14, as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, an LED 17 (Light あ る Emitting Diode) as a light source, an LED board 18 on which the LED 17 is mounted, and the LED board 18 corresponding to the LED 17. And a diffusing lens 19 attached to the position. In addition, the chassis 14 includes a board holding member 20 that can hold the LED board 18 between the chassis 14 and a reflection sheet 21 that reflects the light in the chassis 14 toward the optical member 15. It is done. In the backlight device 12, the optical member 15 side is the light emission side from the LED 17. Below, each component of the backlight apparatus 12 is demonstrated in detail.
 シャーシ14は、金属製とされ、図3から図5に示すように、液晶パネル11と同様に矩形状をなす底板14aと、底板14aの各辺の外端から立ち上がる側板14cと、各側板14cの立ち上がり端から外向きに張り出す受け板14dとからなり、全体としては表側に向けて開口した浅い略箱型(略浅皿状)をなしている。シャーシ14は、その長辺方向がX軸方向(水平方向)と一致し、短辺方向がY軸方向(鉛直方向)と一致している。シャーシ14における各受け板14dには、表側からフレーム16及び次述する光学部材15が載置可能とされる。各受け板14dには、フレーム16がねじ止めされている。シャーシ14の底板14aには、基板保持部材20を取り付けるための取付孔14eが開口して設けられている。取付孔14eは、底板14aにおいて基板保持部材20の取付位置に対応して複数分散配置されている。なお、取付孔14eの詳しい形状などについては後に改めて説明する。 The chassis 14 is made of metal and, as shown in FIGS. 3 to 5, has a rectangular bottom plate 14a similar to the liquid crystal panel 11, a side plate 14c rising from an outer end of each side of the bottom plate 14a, and each side plate 14c. And a receiving plate 14d projecting outward from the rising edge, and as a whole, has a shallow substantially box shape (substantially shallow dish shape) opened toward the front side. The long side direction of the chassis 14 coincides with the X-axis direction (horizontal direction), and the short side direction coincides with the Y-axis direction (vertical direction). A frame 16 and an optical member 15 to be described below can be placed on each receiving plate 14d in the chassis 14 from the front side. A frame 16 is screwed to each receiving plate 14d. An attachment hole 14e for attaching the substrate holding member 20 is provided in the bottom plate 14a of the chassis 14 so as to open. A plurality of mounting holes 14e are dispersedly arranged corresponding to the mounting position of the substrate holding member 20 on the bottom plate 14a. The detailed shape of the mounting hole 14e will be described later.
 光学部材15は、図2に示すように、液晶パネル11及びシャーシ14と同様に平面に視て横長の方形(矩形状)をなしている。光学部材15は、図4及び図5に示すように、その外縁部が受け板14dに載せられることで、シャーシ14の開口部14bを覆うとともに、液晶パネル11とLED17との間に介在して配される。光学部材15は、裏側(LED17側、光出射側とは反対側)に配される拡散板15aと、表側(液晶パネル11側、光出射側)に配される光学シート15bとから構成される。拡散板15aは、所定の厚みを持つほぼ透明な樹脂製の基材内に拡散粒子を多数分散して設けた構成とされ、透過する光を拡散させる機能を有する。光学シート15bは、拡散板15aと比べると板厚が薄いシート状をなしており、2枚が積層して配されている(図7から図9)。具体的な光学シート15bの種類としては、例えば拡散シート、レンズシート、反射型偏光シートなどがあり、これらの中から適宜に選択して使用することが可能である。 As shown in FIG. 2, the optical member 15 has a horizontally long rectangular shape (rectangular shape) in a plan view, like the liquid crystal panel 11 and the chassis 14. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the optical member 15 has its outer edge portion placed on the receiving plate 14 d so as to cover the opening 14 b of the chassis 14 and be interposed between the liquid crystal panel 11 and the LED 17. Arranged. The optical member 15 includes a diffusion plate 15a disposed on the back side (the side opposite to the LED 17 side and the light emitting side) and an optical sheet 15b disposed on the front side (the liquid crystal panel 11 side and the light emitting side). . The diffusing plate 15a has a structure in which a large number of diffusing particles are dispersed in a substantially transparent resin base material having a predetermined thickness, and has a function of diffusing transmitted light. The optical sheet 15b has a sheet shape that is thinner than the diffusion plate 15a, and two optical sheets 15b are stacked (FIGS. 7 to 9). Specific types of the optical sheet 15b include, for example, a diffusion sheet, a lens sheet, a reflective polarizing sheet, and the like, which can be appropriately selected and used.
 フレーム16は、図2に示すように、液晶パネル11及び光学部材15の外周縁部に沿う枠状をなしている。このフレーム16と各受け板14dとの間で光学部材15における外縁部を挟持可能とされている(図4及び図5)。また、このフレーム16は、液晶パネル11における外縁部を裏側から受けることができ、表側に配されるベゼル13との間で液晶パネル11の外縁部を挟持可能とされる(図4及び図5)。 As shown in FIG. 2, the frame 16 has a frame shape along the outer peripheral edge portions of the liquid crystal panel 11 and the optical member 15. An outer edge portion of the optical member 15 can be sandwiched between the frame 16 and each receiving plate 14d (FIGS. 4 and 5). The frame 16 can receive the outer edge portion of the liquid crystal panel 11 from the back side, and can sandwich the outer edge portion of the liquid crystal panel 11 with the bezel 13 disposed on the front side (FIGS. 4 and 5). ).
 次に、LED17及びLED17が実装されるLED基板18について詳しく説明する。LED17は、図7,図8及び図10に示すように、LED基板18に固着される基板部上にLEDチップを樹脂材により封止した構成とされる。基板部に実装されるLEDチップは、主発光波長が1種類とされ、具体的には、青色を単色発光するものが用いられている。その一方、LEDチップを封止する樹脂材には、LEDチップから発せられた青色の光を、白色の光に変換する蛍光体が分散配合されている。これにより、このLED17は、白色発光が可能とされる。このLED17は、LED基板18に対する実装面とは反対側の面が発光面となる、いわゆるトップ型とされている。LED17における光軸LAは、Z軸方向(液晶パネル11及び光学部材15の主板面と直交する方向)とほぼ一致する設定とされている。なお、LED17から発せられる光は、光軸LAを中心にして所定の角度範囲内で三次元的にある程度放射状に広がるのであるが、その指向性は冷陰極管などと比べると高くなっている。つまり、LED17の発光強度は、光軸LAに沿った方向が際立って高く、光軸LAに対する傾き角度が大きくなるに連れて急激に低下するような傾向の角度分布を示す。 Next, the LED 17 and the LED board 18 on which the LED 17 is mounted will be described in detail. As shown in FIGS. 7, 8, and 10, the LED 17 has a configuration in which an LED chip is sealed with a resin material on a substrate portion fixed to the LED substrate 18. The LED chip mounted on the substrate unit has one main emission wavelength, and specifically, one that emits blue light in a single color is used. On the other hand, a phosphor that converts blue light emitted from the LED chip into white light is dispersed and blended in the resin material for sealing the LED chip. As a result, the LED 17 can emit white light. The LED 17 is a so-called top type in which a surface opposite to the mounting surface with respect to the LED substrate 18 is a light emitting surface. The optical axis LA of the LED 17 is set to substantially coincide with the Z-axis direction (direction orthogonal to the main plate surfaces of the liquid crystal panel 11 and the optical member 15). Note that the light emitted from the LED 17 spreads radially to some extent within a predetermined angle range around the optical axis LA, but its directivity is higher than that of a cold cathode tube or the like. In other words, the light emission intensity of the LED 17 shows an angular distribution in which the direction along the optical axis LA is remarkably high and decreases rapidly as the tilt angle with respect to the optical axis LA increases.
 LED基板18は、図10に示すように、平面に視て矩形状(長手状)をなす基材を有しており、長辺方向がX軸方向と一致し、短辺方向がY軸方向と一致する状態でシャーシ14内において底板14aに沿って延在しつつ収容されている(図3)。LED基板18の基材は、シャーシ14と同じアルミ系材料などの金属製とされ、その表面に絶縁層を介して銅箔などの金属膜からなる配線パターンWPが形成された構成とされる。なお、LED基板18の基材に用いる材料としては、セラミックなどの絶縁材料を用いることも可能である。そして、このLED基板18の基材の板面のうち、表側を向いた面(光学部材15側を向いた面)には、図7,図8及び図10に示すように、上記した構成のLED17が表面実装されている。LED17は、LED基板18における長辺方向(X軸方向)に沿って複数が直線的に並列して配されるとともに、LED基板18に形成された配線パターンWPにより相互に直列接続されている。各LED17の配列ピッチは、ほぼ一定となっており、つまり各LED17は、等間隔に配列されていると言える。配線パターンWPは、LED基板18においてX軸方向、つまりLED基板18における長辺方向及びLED17の配列方向に沿って延在する形態とされる。配線パターンWPは、LED17のLEDチップにおけるアノードとカソードとに対応して一対が互いに所定の間隔を空けつつ並行する形で配されている。また、LED基板18における長辺方向の両端部には、配線パターンWPの両端部に接続されるコネクタ部18aが設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 10, the LED substrate 18 has a base material that has a rectangular shape (longitudinal shape) in plan view, the long side direction coincides with the X axis direction, and the short side direction corresponds to the Y axis direction. Are accommodated in the chassis 14 while extending along the bottom plate 14a (FIG. 3). The base material of the LED substrate 18 is made of a metal such as an aluminum material same as that of the chassis 14, and a wiring pattern WP made of a metal film such as a copper foil is formed on the surface of the base material via an insulating layer. In addition, as a material used for the base material of LED board 18, insulating materials, such as a ceramic, can also be used. Of the plate surfaces of the base material of the LED substrate 18, the surface facing the front side (the surface facing the optical member 15 side) has the above-described configuration as shown in FIGS. The LED 17 is surface mounted. A plurality of the LEDs 17 are linearly arranged in parallel along the long side direction (X-axis direction) of the LED substrate 18, and are connected in series by a wiring pattern WP formed on the LED substrate 18. The arrangement pitch of the LEDs 17 is substantially constant, that is, it can be said that the LEDs 17 are arranged at equal intervals. The wiring pattern WP is configured to extend along the X-axis direction on the LED substrate 18, that is, along the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the arrangement direction of the LEDs 17. A pair of wiring patterns WP are arranged in parallel with each other at a predetermined interval corresponding to the anode and the cathode in the LED chip of the LED 17. Moreover, the connector part 18a connected to the both ends of the wiring pattern WP is provided in the both ends of the long side direction in the LED board 18. As shown in FIG.
 上記した構成のLED基板18は、図3に示すように、シャーシ14内においてX軸方向及びY軸方向にそれぞれ複数ずつ、互いに長辺方向及び短辺方向を揃えた状態で並列して配置されている。つまり、LED基板18及びそこに実装されたLED17は、シャーシ14内において共にX軸方向(シャーシ14及びLED基板18の長辺方向)を行方向とし、Y軸方向(シャーシ14及びLED基板18の短辺方向)を列方向として行列配置(マトリクス状に配置)されている。具体的には、LED基板18は、シャーシ14内においてX軸方向に3枚ずつ、Y軸方向に9枚ずつ、合計27枚が並列して配置されている。そして、本実施形態では、LED基板18として長辺寸法及び実装されるLED17の数が異なる2種類のものが用られている。具体的には、LED基板18としては、6個のLED17が実装され、長辺寸法が相対的に長い6個実装タイプのものと、5個のLED17が実装され、長辺寸法が相対的に短い5個実装タイプのものとが用いられており、シャーシ14におけるX軸方向の両端位置に6個実装タイプのものが1枚ずつ、同方向の中央位置に5個実装タイプのものが1枚、それぞれ配されている。上記したようにX軸方向に沿って並んで1つの行をなす各LED基板18は、隣接するコネクタ部18a同士が嵌合接続されることで相互に電気的に接続されるとともに、シャーシ14におけるX軸方向の両端に対応したコネクタ部18aが図示しない外部の制御回路に対してそれぞれ電気的に接続される。これにより、1つの行をなす各LED基板18に配された各LED17が直列接続されるとともに、その1つの行に含まれる多数のLED17の点灯・消灯を1つの制御回路により一括して制御することができ、もって低コスト化を図ることが可能とされる。なお、長辺寸法及び実装されるLED17の数が異なる種類のLED基板18であっても、短辺寸法及びLED17の配列ピッチは、ほぼ同じとされる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the LED substrate 18 having the above-described configuration is arranged in parallel in the chassis 14 in a state where the long side direction and the short side direction are aligned with each other in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. ing. That is, the LED board 18 and the LED 17 mounted thereon are both set in the X-axis direction (the long side direction of the chassis 14 and the LED board 18) in the chassis 14 and in the Y-axis direction (of the chassis 14 and the LED board 18). Matrix arrangement (arranged in a matrix) with the short side direction as the column direction. Specifically, a total of 27 LED substrates 18 are arranged in parallel in the chassis 14, three in the X-axis direction and nine in the Y-axis direction. In the present embodiment, two types of LED substrates 18 having different long side dimensions and the number of mounted LEDs 17 are used. Specifically, as the LED substrate 18, six LEDs 17 are mounted, and the long side dimension is a relatively long six-part mounting type and the five LEDs 17 are mounted, and the long side dimension is relatively long. The short five-mount type is used, one for the six-mount type at the X-axis direction end position of the chassis 14 and one for the five-mount type at the central position in the same direction. , Each is arranged. As described above, the LED boards 18 that form one row along the X-axis direction are electrically connected to each other by fitting and connecting the adjacent connector portions 18a to each other. Connector portions 18a corresponding to both ends in the X-axis direction are electrically connected to external control circuits (not shown). As a result, the LEDs 17 arranged on the LED boards 18 in one row are connected in series, and the lighting / extinction of a large number of LEDs 17 included in the row is collectively controlled by a single control circuit. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the cost. In addition, even if it is a kind of LED board 18 from which the long side dimension and the number of LED17 mounted differ, the short side dimension and the arrangement pitch of LED17 are made substantially the same.
 このように、長辺寸法及び実装されるLED17の数が異なるLED基板18を複数種類用意し、それら異なる種類のLED基板18を適宜に組み合わせて使用する手法を採用することで、次の効果を得ることができる。すなわち、画面サイズが異なる液晶表示装置10を多品種製造する場合、各画面サイズに合わせて各種類のLED基板18の使用の是非及び種類毎のLED基板18の使用枚数を適宜変更することで容易に対応することができ、仮にシャーシ14の長辺寸法と同等の長辺寸法を有する専用設計のLED基板を画面サイズ毎に用意した場合と比べると、必要なLED基板18の種類を大幅に削減することができ、もって製造コストの低廉化を図ることができる。具体的には、上記した2種類のLED基板18(5個実装タイプのもの及び6個実装タイプのもの)に加え、8個のLED17を実装した8個実装タイプのものを追加し、それら3種類のLED基板18を適宜に組み合わせて使用することにより、画面サイズが例えば26インチ、32インチ、37インチ、40インチ、42インチ、46インチ、52インチ、65インチとされる各液晶表示装置10の製造に、容易に低コストでもって対応することができるのである。 In this way, by preparing a plurality of types of LED substrates 18 having different long side dimensions and the number of LEDs 17 to be mounted, and employing a method of appropriately combining and using these different types of LED substrates 18, the following effects can be obtained. Obtainable. That is, when manufacturing various types of liquid crystal display devices 10 having different screen sizes, it is easy to change the appropriateness of the use of each type of LED board 18 and the number of LED boards 18 used for each type according to each screen size. Compared to the case where a specially designed LED board having a long side dimension equivalent to the long side dimension of the chassis 14 is prepared for each screen size, the number of types of LED boards 18 required is greatly reduced. Therefore, the manufacturing cost can be reduced. Specifically, in addition to the above-described two types of LED boards 18 (5 mounted type and 6 mounted type), an 8 mounted type mounted with 8 LEDs 17 is added. By using various types of LED substrates 18 in an appropriate combination, each liquid crystal display device 10 having a screen size of, for example, 26 inches, 32 inches, 37 inches, 40 inches, 42 inches, 46 inches, 52 inches, and 65 inches is used. Therefore, it is possible to easily cope with the manufacture at a low cost.
 拡散レンズ19は、ほぼ透明で(高い透光性を有し)且つ屈折率が空気よりも高い合成樹脂材料(例えばポリカーボネートやアクリルなど)からなる。拡散レンズ19は、図7,図8及び図11に示すように、所定の厚みを有するとともに、平面に視て略円形状に形成されており、LED基板18に対して各LED17を表側から個別に覆うよう、つまり平面に視て各LED17と重畳するようそれぞれ取り付けられている。そして、この拡散レンズ19は、LED17から発せられた指向性の強い光を拡散させつつ出射させることができる。つまり、LED17から発せられた光は、拡散レンズ19を介することにより指向性が緩和されるので、隣り合うLED17間の間隔を広くとってもその間の領域が暗部として視認され難くなる。これにより、LED17の設置個数を少なくすることが可能となっている。この拡散レンズ19は、平面に視てLED17とほぼ同心となる位置に配されている。拡散レンズ19は、X軸方向及びY軸方向の寸法が共にLED17よりも十分に大きいものとされる。一方、拡散レンズ19は、X軸方向の寸法がLED基板18より小さいものの、Y軸方向の寸法がLED基板18より大きいものとされる。従って、拡散レンズ19におけるY軸方向の両端部は、LED基板18よりもY軸方向について外側に所定寸法ずつ突出することになる。 The diffusing lens 19 is made of a synthetic resin material (for example, polycarbonate or acrylic) that is almost transparent (having high translucency) and has a refractive index higher than that of air. As shown in FIGS. 7, 8, and 11, the diffusing lens 19 has a predetermined thickness and is formed in a substantially circular shape when seen in a plan view, and each LED 17 is individually connected to the LED substrate 18 from the front side. So as to cover each LED 17 in a plan view. The diffusing lens 19 can emit light having strong directivity emitted from the LED 17 while diffusing. That is, the directivity of the light emitted from the LED 17 is relaxed through the diffusing lens 19, so that even if the interval between the adjacent LEDs 17 is wide, the region between them is difficult to be visually recognized as a dark part. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the number of installed LEDs 17. The diffusing lens 19 is disposed at a position that is substantially concentric with the LED 17 in a plan view. The diffuser lens 19 is sufficiently larger in both the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction than the LED 17. On the other hand, the diffusing lens 19 has a smaller dimension in the X-axis direction than the LED board 18 but a larger dimension in the Y-axis direction than the LED board 18. Accordingly, both end portions of the diffusing lens 19 in the Y-axis direction protrude outward from the LED substrate 18 by a predetermined dimension in the Y-axis direction.
 この拡散レンズ19のうち、裏側を向き、LED基板18と対向する面がLED17からの光が入射される光入射面19aとされるのに対し、表側を向き、光学部材15と対向する面が光を出射する光出射面19bとされる。このうち、光入射面19aは、図7及び図8に示すように、全体としてはLED基板18の板面(X軸方向及びY軸方向)に沿って並行する形態とされるものの、平面に視てLED17と重畳する領域に光入射側凹部19cが形成されることで傾斜面を有している。光入射側凹部19cは、略円錐状をなすとともに拡散レンズ19においてほぼ同心位置に配されており、裏側、つまりLED17側に向けて開口する形態とされる。光入射側凹部19cは、LED17側を向いた開口端部が最も径寸法が大きくてLED17の径寸法よりも大きいものとされており、そこから表側に行くに連れて径寸法が連続的に漸次小さくなり、表側の端部において最小とされる。光入射側凹部19cは、断面が略逆V字型をなしており、その周面がZ軸方向に対して傾いた傾斜面とされる。傾斜面は、その表側の端部がLED17の光軸LAに対して交差するよう傾斜している。従って、LED17から発せられて光入射側凹部19c内に入った光は、傾斜面を介して拡散レンズ19内に入射するのであるが、そのとき光軸LAに対する傾斜面の傾斜角度の分だけ、中心から遠ざかる方向、つまり広角に屈折されて拡散レンズ19に入射する。 Of the diffusing lens 19, the surface facing the back side and facing the LED substrate 18 is a light incident surface 19 a on which light from the LED 17 is incident, whereas the surface facing the front side and facing the optical member 15 is the surface facing the optical member 15. The light exit surface 19b emits light. Among these, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the light incident surface 19 a is formed in parallel with the plate surface (X-axis direction and Y-axis direction) of the LED substrate 18 as a whole. The light incident side concave portion 19c is formed in a region overlapping with the LED 17 when viewed, thereby having an inclined surface. The light incident side concave portion 19c has a substantially conical shape and is disposed at a substantially concentric position in the diffusing lens 19, and is open toward the back side, that is, the LED 17 side. The light incident side concave portion 19c has an opening end portion facing the LED 17 side having the largest diameter dimension and larger than the diameter dimension of the LED 17, and the diameter dimension gradually and gradually increases from there to the front side. It becomes smaller and is minimized at the front end. The light incident side concave portion 19c has a substantially inverted V-shaped cross section, and its peripheral surface is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the Z-axis direction. The inclined surface is inclined so that the front end thereof intersects the optical axis LA of the LED 17. Therefore, the light emitted from the LED 17 and entering the light incident side concave portion 19c enters the diffusion lens 19 through the inclined surface, but at that time, the amount of the inclination angle of the inclined surface with respect to the optical axis LA is as follows. The light is refracted in a direction away from the center, that is, a wide angle, and enters the diffusing lens 19.
 拡散レンズ19における光入射面19aのうち、光入射側凹部19cよりも径方向の外寄りの位置には、LED基板18側に向けて突出するとともに、LED基板18に対する拡散レンズ19の取付構造となる取付脚部19dが設けられている。取付脚部19dは、拡散レンズ19のうち、光入射側凹部19cよりも外周端部に近い位置に3つ配されており、各取付部を結んだ線が平面に視てほぼ正三角形をなす位置に配されている。各取付脚部19dは、その先端部が接着剤などによりLED基板18に固着されることで、拡散レンズ19をLED基板18に対して取付状態に固定することができる。拡散レンズ19は、取付脚部19dを介してLED基板18に固定されることで、その光入射面19aとLED基板18との間に所定の隙間が空けられるようになっている。この隙間には、平面に視て当該拡散レンズ19よりも外側の空間からの光の入射が許容されている。また、上記取付状態では、光入射側凹部19c内には、LED17におけるLED基板18からの突出先端部が進入した状態とされる。 Of the light incident surface 19a of the diffusing lens 19, the light projecting surface 19a protrudes toward the LED substrate 18 at a position radially outward from the light incident side concave portion 19c, and has a structure for attaching the diffusing lens 19 to the LED substrate 18. A mounting leg portion 19d is provided. Three attachment legs 19d are arranged in the diffuser lens 19 at positions closer to the outer peripheral end than the light incident side recess 19c, and the lines connecting the attachments form a substantially equilateral triangle when viewed in a plane. Arranged in position. Each attachment leg 19d can fix the diffusing lens 19 to the LED substrate 18 in an attached state by fixing the tip of the attachment leg 19d to the LED substrate 18 with an adhesive or the like. The diffusing lens 19 is fixed to the LED substrate 18 via the mounting leg portion 19d, so that a predetermined gap is formed between the light incident surface 19a and the LED substrate 18. In this gap, incidence of light from a space outside the diffusion lens 19 in a plan view is allowed. Further, in the attached state, the projecting tip portion of the LED 17 from the LED substrate 18 enters the light incident side recess 19c.
 拡散レンズ19における光出射面19bは、扁平な略球面状に形成されている。これにより、拡散レンズ19から出射する光を、外部の空気層との界面にて中心から遠ざかる方向、つまり広角に屈折させつつ出射させることが可能となる。この光出射面19bのうち平面に視てLED17と重畳する領域には、光出射側凹部19eが形成されている。光出射側凹部19eは、略擂鉢状をなすとともに、その周面が中心に向かって下り勾配となる扁平な略球面状に形成されている。また、光出射側凹部19eにおける周面の接線がLED17の光軸LAに対してなす角度は、光入射側凹部19cの傾斜面が光軸LAに対してなす角度よりも相対的に大きくなるものとされる。光出射面19bのうち平面に視てLED17と重畳する領域は、他の領域と比べてLED17からの光量が極めて多くなる領域であり、輝度が局所的に高くなりがちとなるものの、そこに上記した光出射側凹部19eを形成することにより、LED17からの光の多くを広角に屈折させつつ出射させたり、或いはLED17からの光の一部をLED基板18側に反射させることができる。これにより、光出射面19bのうちLED17と重畳する領域の輝度が局所的に高くなるのを抑制することができ、輝度ムラの防止に好適となるのである。 The light exit surface 19b of the diffusion lens 19 is formed in a flat and substantially spherical shape. As a result, the light emitted from the diffusion lens 19 can be emitted while being refracted in a direction away from the center at the interface with the external air layer, that is, a wide angle. A light emitting side recess 19e is formed in a region of the light emitting surface 19b that overlaps the LED 17 when seen in a plan view. The light emitting side concave portion 19e has a substantially bowl shape, and is formed in a flat and substantially spherical shape with a peripheral surface having a downward slope toward the center. Further, the angle formed by the tangent of the peripheral surface of the light exit side recess 19e with respect to the optical axis LA of the LED 17 is relatively larger than the angle formed by the inclined surface of the light incident side recess 19c with respect to the optical axis LA. It is said. The region of the light exit surface 19b that overlaps with the LED 17 when seen in a plane is a region where the amount of light from the LED 17 is extremely large compared to other regions, and the brightness tends to be locally high, but there By forming the light emitting side recess 19e, most of the light from the LED 17 can be emitted while being refracted at a wide angle, or a part of the light from the LED 17 can be reflected to the LED substrate 18 side. Thereby, it can suppress that the brightness | luminance of the area | region which overlaps with LED17 among the light-projection surfaces 19b becomes high locally, and becomes suitable for prevention of a brightness nonuniformity.
 次に、反射シート21について説明する。反射シート21は、シャーシ14の内面をほぼ全域にわたって覆う大きさのシャーシ用反射シート22と、各LED基板18を個別に覆う大きさの基板用反射シート23とからなる。両反射シート22,23は、共に合成樹脂製とされ、表面が光の反射性に優れた白色を呈するものとされる。両反射シート22,23は、いずれもシャーシ14内において底板14a(LED基板18)に沿って延在するものとされる。 Next, the reflection sheet 21 will be described. The reflection sheet 21 includes a chassis reflection sheet 22 having a size covering the entire inner surface of the chassis 14 and a substrate reflection sheet 23 having a size covering each LED substrate 18 individually. Both the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are made of a synthetic resin, and the surfaces thereof are white with excellent light reflectivity. Both the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are assumed to extend along the bottom plate 14 a (LED substrate 18) in the chassis 14.
 先にシャーシ用反射シート22について説明する。図3に示すように、シャーシ用反射シート22のうち、シャーシ14の底板14aに沿って延在する中央側の大部分が本体部22aとされる。本体部22aには、シャーシ14内に配された各LED17と共に各LED17を覆う各拡散レンズ19をも挿通することが可能なレンズ挿通孔22bが貫通して形成されている。レンズ挿通孔22bは、本体部22aにおいて平面に視て各LED17及び各拡散レンズ19と重畳する位置に複数並列して配され、マトリクス状に配されている。レンズ挿通孔22bは、図6に示すように、平面に視て円形状をなしており、その径寸法は拡散レンズ19よりも大きくなる設定とされる。これにより、シャーシ用反射シート22をシャーシ14内に敷設する際、寸法誤差の発生の有無に拘わらず各拡散レンズ19を各レンズ挿通孔22bに対して確実に通すことができる。このシャーシ用反射シート22は、図3に示すように、シャーシ14内において、隣り合う各拡散レンズ19間の領域及び外周側領域を覆うので、それら各領域に向かう光を光学部材15側に向けて反射させることができる。また、シャーシ用反射シート22のうち外周側部分は、図4及び図5に示すように、シャーシ14の側板14c及び受け板14dを覆うように立ち上がり、受け板14dに載せられた部分がシャーシ14と光学部材15とに挟まれた状態とされる。また、シャーシ用反射シート22のうち本体部22aと、受け板14dに載せられた部分とを繋ぐ部分は、傾斜状をなしている。 First, the chassis reflection sheet 22 will be described. As shown in FIG. 3, a main part of the chassis reflection sheet 22 on the center side extending along the bottom plate 14 a of the chassis 14 is a main body 22 a. The main body portion 22a is formed with a lens insertion hole 22b through which each diffusion lens 19 covering each LED 17 can be inserted together with each LED 17 arranged in the chassis 14. A plurality of lens insertion holes 22b are arranged in parallel at positions overlapping the respective LEDs 17 and the respective diffusion lenses 19 in a plan view in the main body portion 22a, and are arranged in a matrix. As shown in FIG. 6, the lens insertion hole 22 b has a circular shape when seen in a plan view, and the diameter thereof is set to be larger than that of the diffusing lens 19. As a result, when the chassis reflection sheet 22 is laid in the chassis 14, each diffusion lens 19 can be reliably passed through each lens insertion hole 22 b regardless of the occurrence of dimensional errors. As shown in FIG. 3, the chassis reflection sheet 22 covers the area between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19 and the outer peripheral area in the chassis 14, so that light directed to these areas is directed to the optical member 15 side. Can be reflected. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the outer peripheral side portion of the chassis reflection sheet 22 rises so as to cover the side plate 14 c and the receiving plate 14 d of the chassis 14, and the portion placed on the receiving plate 14 d is the chassis 14. And the optical member 15. Moreover, the part which connects the main-body part 22a and the part mounted in the receiving plate 14d among the reflective sheets 22 for chassis has comprised the inclined shape.
 一方、基板用反射シート23は、図11に示すように、LED基板18と概ね同じ外形、つまり平面に視て矩形状に形成されている。基板用反射シート23は、図7及び図8に示すように、LED基板18における表側の面に重なるよう配されるとともに、拡散レンズ19に対して対向状をなす。つまり、基板用反射シート23は、拡散レンズ19とLED基板18との間に介在している。従って、拡散レンズ19側からLED基板18側に戻された光や、平面に視て当該拡散レンズ19よりも外側の空間から拡散レンズ19とLED基板18との間の空間に入った光について、基板用反射シート23によって再び拡散レンズ19側に反射させることができる。これにより、光の利用効率を高めることができ、もって輝度の向上を図ることができる。言い換えると、LED17の設置個数を少なくして低コスト化を図った場合でも十分な輝度を得ることができる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 11, the board reflection sheet 23 is formed in a rectangular shape when viewed in plan view, which is substantially the same outer shape as the LED board 18. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the board reflection sheet 23 is disposed so as to overlap the front side surface of the LED board 18 and is opposed to the diffusion lens 19. That is, the board reflection sheet 23 is interposed between the diffusion lens 19 and the LED board 18. Therefore, about the light returned from the diffusion lens 19 side to the LED substrate 18 side, or the light entering the space between the diffusion lens 19 and the LED substrate 18 from the space outside the diffusion lens 19 in a plan view, It can be reflected again to the diffuser lens 19 side by the substrate reflection sheet 23. As a result, the light utilization efficiency can be increased, and the luminance can be improved. In other words, sufficient brightness can be obtained even when the number of LEDs 17 is reduced to reduce the cost.
 基板用反射シート23は、図11に示すように、長辺寸法がLED基板18とほぼ同じとされるのに対し、短辺寸法がLED基板18よりも大きなものとされる。さらに、基板用反射シート23の短辺寸法は、図6及び図8に示すように、拡散レンズ19及びシャーシ用反射シート22のレンズ挿通孔22bの径寸法よりも大きなものとされる。従って、基板用反射シート23に対してシャーシ用反射シート22におけるレンズ挿通孔22bの縁部を表側に重ねて配置することが可能とされる。これにより、シャーシ14内においてシャーシ用反射シート22及び基板用反射シート23が平面に視て途切れることなく連続的に配されることになり、シャーシ14またはLED基板18がレンズ挿通孔22bから表側に露出することが殆どない。従って、シャーシ14内の光を効率的に光学部材15へ向けて反射させることができ、輝度の向上に極めて好適となる。また、基板用反射シート23には、各LED17を通すLED挿通孔23a、及び各拡散レンズ19における各取付脚部19dを通す脚部挿通孔23bがそれらと平面に視て重畳する位置にそれぞれ貫通して形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 11, the board reflection sheet 23 has a long side dimension substantially the same as that of the LED board 18, whereas a short side dimension is larger than that of the LED board 18. Furthermore, the short side dimension of the board reflection sheet 23 is larger than the diameter dimension of the lens insertion hole 22b of the diffusion lens 19 and the chassis reflection sheet 22, as shown in FIGS. Therefore, it is possible to arrange the edge of the lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 so as to overlap the front side with respect to the board reflection sheet 23. As a result, the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the board reflection sheet 23 are continuously arranged in the chassis 14 without being interrupted when viewed in plan, and the chassis 14 or the LED board 18 is moved from the lens insertion hole 22b to the front side. There is almost no exposure. Therefore, the light in the chassis 14 can be efficiently reflected toward the optical member 15, which is extremely suitable for improving the luminance. The board reflection sheet 23 has an LED insertion hole 23a through which each LED 17 passes, and a leg insertion hole 23b through which each attachment leg 19d of each diffusing lens 19 passes through at a position where they overlap with each other in plan view. Is formed.
 続いて、基板保持部材20について詳しく説明する。本実施形態に係る基板保持部材20は、LED基板18を保持する基板保持機能に加えて光学部材15を支持する支持機能をも併有している。基板保持部材20は、図3に示すように、シャーシ14に対してその内部に配された各LED基板18毎に1つずつ取り付けられている。詳しくは、基板保持部材20は、シャーシ14の底板14aにおいて複数(具体的には合計27個)が間欠的にジグザグ状に配されている。つまり、Y軸方向に隣り合うLED基板18に対応した各基板保持部材20は、互いにX軸方向にずれた(オフセットした)位置に配されている。上記のように各基板保持部材20を配することで、各基板保持部材20における表面の光反射率がシャーシ用反射シート22における光反射率よりも低くなっていても、各基板保持部材20が暗部として視認され難くなる。しかも、各基板保持部材20は、光学部材15を支持する機能を有しているから、上記のように分散配置されることで、光学部材15をその板面の面内において偏り無く適切に支持することができる。各基板保持部材20は、各LED基板18に対して平面に視て重畳する位置で且つ隣り合う拡散レンズ19(LED17)の間の位置に配されている。なお、シャーシ14における取付孔14eは、上記した各基板保持部材20の設置位置に対応した位置にそれぞれ配されている。 Subsequently, the substrate holding member 20 will be described in detail. The substrate holding member 20 according to the present embodiment has a support function for supporting the optical member 15 in addition to the substrate holding function for holding the LED substrate 18. As shown in FIG. 3, the substrate holding member 20 is attached to the chassis 14 for each LED substrate 18 disposed therein. Specifically, a plurality (specifically, a total of 27) of substrate holding members 20 are intermittently arranged in a zigzag shape on the bottom plate 14 a of the chassis 14. That is, the substrate holding members 20 corresponding to the LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction are arranged at positions that are shifted (offset) from each other in the X-axis direction. By arranging each substrate holding member 20 as described above, even if the light reflectance of the surface of each substrate holding member 20 is lower than the light reflectance of the chassis reflection sheet 22, each substrate holding member 20 It becomes difficult to be visually recognized as a dark part. In addition, since each substrate holding member 20 has a function of supporting the optical member 15, the optical member 15 is appropriately supported without deviation in the plane of the plate surface by being distributed as described above. can do. Each board | substrate holding member 20 is distribute | arranged to the position between the adjacent diffuser lenses 19 (LED17) in the position superimposed on each LED board 18 seeing in a plane. The mounting holes 14e in the chassis 14 are respectively arranged at positions corresponding to the installation positions of the substrate holding members 20 described above.
 続いて、基板保持部材20の具体的な構成について説明する。基板保持部材20は、ポリカーボネートなどの合成樹脂製とされており、表面が光の反射性に優れた白色を呈する。基板保持部材20は、全体として平面に視て略円形状をなしている。基板保持部材20は、図7及び図9に示すように、シャーシ14の底板14a及びLED基板18の板面に沿う本体部24と、本体部24から裏側(シャーシ14側)に向けて突出してシャーシ14の取付孔14e内に挿入される取付部25と、本体部24から表側(シャーシ14側とは反対側)に向けて突出し、光学部材15を裏側から支持可能な支持部26とを備える。そして、本実施形態に係る基板保持部材20は、シャーシ14に対してその板面に沿う方向に移動可能とされ、その移動に伴って基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に対して保持させたり、シャーシ14に対する保持状態を解除させることが可能とされる。本実施形態では、各図面に示すX軸方向が基板保持部材20における移動方向と一致している。 Subsequently, a specific configuration of the substrate holding member 20 will be described. The substrate holding member 20 is made of a synthetic resin such as polycarbonate, and has a white surface with excellent light reflectivity. The board | substrate holding member 20 has comprised the substantially circular shape seeing in a plane as a whole. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, the substrate holding member 20 protrudes from the main body portion 24 along the bottom surface 14 a of the chassis 14 and the plate surface of the LED substrate 18 and toward the back side (chassis 14 side) from the main body portion 24. A mounting portion 25 inserted into the mounting hole 14e of the chassis 14 and a support portion 26 that protrudes from the main body portion 24 toward the front side (the side opposite to the chassis 14 side) and can support the optical member 15 from the back side. . And the board | substrate holding member 20 which concerns on this embodiment can be moved to the direction along the plate surface with respect to the chassis 14, A board | substrate holding member 20 is hold | maintained with respect to the chassis 14 with the movement, A chassis 14 can be released. In the present embodiment, the X-axis direction shown in each drawing coincides with the moving direction in the substrate holding member 20.
 本体部24は、図12及び図13に示すように、平面に視て略矩形状をなしており、長辺方向がX軸方向と一致し、短辺方向がY軸方向と一致している。つまり、本体部24は、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていると言える。本体部24は、X軸方向及びY軸方向に沿ってほぼ真っ直ぐな板状に形成されている。そして、この本体部24は、LED基板18に対して平面に視て重畳する位置に取り付けられることで、LED基板18をシャーシ14の底板14aとの間に挟んだ状態に保持することが可能とされる。本体部24は、LED基板18の表側に予め各反射シート22,23を配した状態で取り付けられるので、LED基板18と共に各反射シート22,23を一括して挟み込むことが可能とされる(図7及び図9)。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the main body 24 has a substantially rectangular shape in plan view, the long side direction matches the X-axis direction, and the short side direction matches the Y-axis direction. . That is, it can be said that the main body 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. The main body 24 is formed in a substantially straight plate shape along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. And this main-body part 24 can be hold | maintained in the state which pinched | interposed the LED board 18 between the bottom boards 14a of the chassis 14 by attaching to the position which overlaps with the LED board 18 seeing in a plane. Is done. Since the main body 24 is attached in a state where the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are arranged in advance on the front side of the LED substrate 18, it is possible to sandwich the reflection sheets 22 and 23 together with the LED substrate 18 (FIG. 7 and FIG. 9).
 本体部24は、図6に示すように、平面に視てLED基板18のうち隣り合う拡散レンズ19(LED17)の間の領域に配されている。詳しくは、本体部24は、隣り合う拡散レンズ19の中間位置に配されているので、本体部24からその隣の各拡散レンズ19までの距離がそれぞれほぼ等しくなっている。本体部24における長辺寸法は、隣り合う拡散レンズ19の間隔よりも小さいものとされ、且つその差を2で割った値は、基板保持部材20における着脱に伴う移動距離よりも大きいものとされる。一方、本体部24は、短辺寸法がLED基板18における短辺寸法よりも小さいものとされる。その上で、本体部24は、その短辺方向の中央位置が、LED基板18における短辺方向の中央位置と一致する位置に配されている。つまり、本体部24は、LED基板18とY軸方向について同心となる配置とされる。以上により、本体部24は、その全域にわたってLED基板18と平面視重畳するとともに、シャーシ14との間でLED基板18における短辺方向の中央側部分を挟持可能とされる。また、本体部24は、LED基板18のうちX軸方向に隣り合う拡散レンズ19の間の領域、すなわちLED基板18における非発光部に配されることになり、LED17に対して平面に視て重畳することがない。つまり、本体部24がLED17からの発光の妨げとなるのを回避することができる。なお、本実施形態においては、既述した通り拡散レンズ19を用いることでLED17間の間隔が十分に広くなっているので、その空間を利用して基板保持部材20を配するとともにその基板保持部材20によりLED基板18の固定を図るようにしている。 As shown in FIG. 6, the main body 24 is arranged in a region between adjacent diffusion lenses 19 (LEDs 17) in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. Specifically, since the main body portion 24 is disposed at an intermediate position between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19, the distances from the main body portion 24 to the adjacent diffusion lenses 19 are substantially equal to each other. The long side dimension in the main body 24 is smaller than the interval between the adjacent diffusion lenses 19, and the value obtained by dividing the difference by 2 is larger than the moving distance associated with the attachment / detachment of the substrate holding member 20. The On the other hand, the main body portion 24 has a short side dimension smaller than the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18. In addition, the main body portion 24 is arranged at a position where the center position in the short side direction coincides with the center position in the short side direction of the LED substrate 18. That is, the main body 24 is arranged concentrically with the LED substrate 18 in the Y-axis direction. As described above, the main body 24 overlaps the LED substrate 18 in plan view over the entire region, and can sandwich the central side portion of the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction with the chassis 14. The main body 24 is arranged in a region between the diffusion lenses 19 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction in the LED substrate 18, that is, a non-light emitting portion in the LED substrate 18. There is no overlap. That is, it is possible to avoid the main body 24 from obstructing light emission from the LED 17. In the present embodiment, since the distance between the LEDs 17 is sufficiently wide by using the diffusing lens 19 as described above, the substrate holding member 20 is arranged using the space and the substrate holding member is used. The LED board 18 is fixed by 20.
 支持部26は、図7及び図9に示すように、全体として円錐状をなしている。詳しくは、支持部26は、本体部24の板面に沿って切断した断面形状が円形状とされるとともに、突出基端側から突出先端側にかけて次第に径寸法が小さくなるよう先細り状に形成されている。支持部26は、光学部材15のうち最も裏側(LED17側)に配された拡散板15aに対して当接可能とされ、それにより拡散板15aを所定の位置に支持することができる。つまり、支持部26は、光学部材15とLED17とのZ軸方向(光学部材15の面と直交する方向)についての位置関係を一定の状態に規制することが可能とされる。 The support part 26 has a conical shape as a whole as shown in FIGS. Specifically, the support portion 26 is formed in a tapered shape so that the cross-sectional shape cut along the plate surface of the main body portion 24 is a circular shape, and the diameter dimension gradually decreases from the protruding proximal end side to the protruding distal end side. ing. The support portion 26 can be brought into contact with the diffusion plate 15a disposed on the backmost side (the LED 17 side) of the optical member 15, thereby supporting the diffusion plate 15a at a predetermined position. That is, the support portion 26 can regulate the positional relationship between the optical member 15 and the LED 17 in the Z-axis direction (a direction perpendicular to the surface of the optical member 15) to a constant state.
 支持部26における突出基端部の外径寸法は、本体部24の短辺寸法及びLED基板18の短辺寸法のいずれよりも小さいものとされる。つまり、支持部26は、平面に視て点状をなしているのに対し、本体部24は、支持部26よりも平面に視て広い範囲にわたる面状をなしていると言える。支持部26における突出寸法は、本体部24における表側の面から、X軸方向及びY軸方向に沿ってほぼ真っ直ぐな状態とされた拡散板15aにおける裏側の面までの距離とほぼ等しくなっている。従って、この支持部26は、ほぼ真っ直ぐな状態の拡散板15aに対して当接されるようになっている。支持部26のうち、拡散板15aに対する当接箇所である突出先端部は、丸められている。この支持部26は、基板保持部材20のうち本体部24から表側へ突出する唯一の部位であるから、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に対して取り付ける作業を行うに際して、作業者は、支持部26を操作部(把持部)として使用することが可能とされる。それにより、基板保持部材20の着脱作業性を向上させることができる。 The outer diameter dimension of the protruding proximal end portion of the support portion 26 is smaller than both the short side dimension of the main body 24 and the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18. That is, it can be said that the support portion 26 has a point shape when viewed in a plane, whereas the main body portion 24 has a surface shape covering a wider range when viewed in a plane than the support portion 26. The projecting dimension of the support portion 26 is substantially equal to the distance from the front surface of the main body 24 to the back surface of the diffusion plate 15a that is substantially straight along the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction. . Accordingly, the support portion 26 comes into contact with the diffusion plate 15a in a substantially straight state. Of the support portion 26, the protruding tip portion that is a contact portion with the diffusion plate 15a is rounded. Since this support portion 26 is the only portion of the substrate holding member 20 that protrudes from the main body portion 24 to the front side, when performing the work of attaching the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, the operator Can be used as an operation unit (gripping unit). Thereby, the attachment / detachment workability of the substrate holding member 20 can be improved.
 支持部26は、図12及び図13に示すように、本体部24におけるほぼ中心位置に配されている。つまり、支持部26は、後述する取付部25と平面に視て重畳する位置に配されている。さらに詳しくは、これら支持部26及び取付部25は、平面に視てほぼ同心となる位置に配されている。このような配置とすれば、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に対して取り付ける作業を行うにあたって、作業者が支持部26を操作部として利用した場合、表側に露出する支持部26を目視することで、その裏側に隠れる取付部25の位置を容易に把握することができる。従って、取付部25を取付孔14eなどに挿入する際の作業性を向上させることができる。 The support part 26 is arranged at a substantially central position in the main body part 24 as shown in FIGS. That is, the support portion 26 is disposed at a position overlapping the mounting portion 25 described later in plan view. More specifically, the support portion 26 and the attachment portion 25 are disposed at positions that are substantially concentric when viewed from above. With such an arrangement, when the operator uses the support portion 26 as an operation portion when performing the work of attaching the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, the support portion 26 exposed to the front side is visually observed. The position of the mounting portion 25 hidden behind the back can be easily grasped. Therefore, workability when inserting the attachment portion 25 into the attachment hole 14e can be improved.
 続いて、本実施形態における特徴的構成である、シャーシ14に対する基板保持部材20の取付構造について詳しく説明する。この取付構造は、図7に示すように、基板保持部材20における取付部25と、シャーシ14における取付孔14eとからなり、大まかには、取付部25は、本体部24の板面に沿ったフック状をなすのに対し、取付孔14eは、基板保持部材20の移動方向、つまりX軸方向に沿った長手状をなしている。そして、取り付けに際しては、取付部25を取付孔14e内に挿入した状態から基板保持部材20を取付孔14eの長辺方向に沿って移動(スライド)させることで、取付部25と本体部24との間にシャーシ14における取付孔14eの縁部を挟持させることが可能とされる。一方、取り外しに際しては、基板保持部材20を取り付け時とは逆向きに移動させることで、取付部25によるシャーシ14の保持状態を解除してから、取付部25を取付孔14eから抜き取ることが可能とされる(図15)。このように基板保持部材20は、取付部25によってシャーシ14が保持される保持位置(図7)と、取付部25によるシャーシ14に対する保持状態が解除された解除位置(図15)との2位置間をX軸方向に沿って移動(スライド)可能とされる。なお、X軸方向を左右方向とした図7,図14及び図15においては、図示左側が基板保持部材20の取付方向とされ、逆の右側が基板保持部材20の取外し方向とされる。 Subsequently, the mounting structure of the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, which is a characteristic configuration in the present embodiment, will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 7, the attachment structure includes an attachment portion 25 in the substrate holding member 20 and an attachment hole 14 e in the chassis 14. The attachment portion 25 is roughly along the plate surface of the main body portion 24. In contrast to the hook shape, the mounting hole 14e has a longitudinal shape along the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20, that is, the X-axis direction. When mounting, the substrate holding member 20 is moved (slid) along the long side direction of the mounting hole 14e from the state in which the mounting portion 25 is inserted into the mounting hole 14e. The edge of the mounting hole 14e in the chassis 14 can be held between the two. On the other hand, when removing the board holding member 20, it is possible to remove the mounting part 25 from the mounting hole 14 e after moving the holding state of the chassis 14 by the mounting part 25 by moving the board holding member 20 in the opposite direction. (FIG. 15). Thus, the board holding member 20 has two positions: a holding position where the chassis 14 is held by the mounting portion 25 (FIG. 7), and a release position where the holding state of the mounting portion 25 with respect to the chassis 14 is released (FIG. 15). It is possible to move (slide) along the X-axis direction. 7, 14, and 15 in which the X-axis direction is the left-right direction, the left side in the drawing is the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 20, and the opposite right side is the removal direction of the substrate holding member 20.
 取付部25は、図7及び図13に示すように、平面に視て略矩形状をなしており、長辺方向がX軸方向と一致し、短辺方向がY軸方向と一致している。つまり、取付部25は、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていると言える。一方、取付孔14eは、図6に示すように、上記取付部25と同様に平面に視て略矩形状をなしており、その長辺方向がX軸方向、つまりLED基板18及び取付部25の長辺方向と一致した長手状をなしている。これにより、取付部25を取付孔14e内に挿入した状態で基板保持部材20をX軸方向に沿って移動(スライド)させることが可能とされる。取付部25は、取付孔14eよりも長辺寸法及び短辺寸法が少し小さくなっており、それにより取付孔14eに対する挿抜が容易なものとされている。なお、取付孔14eは、基板保持部材20が保持位置とされた状態で、全域にわたって本体部24が平面視重畳する大きさとされる(図6)。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 13, the attachment portion 25 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from above, and the long side direction matches the X-axis direction and the short side direction matches the Y-axis direction. . That is, it can be said that the attachment portion 25 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6, the mounting hole 14 e has a substantially rectangular shape when seen in a plane like the mounting portion 25, and the long side direction is the X-axis direction, that is, the LED substrate 18 and the mounting portion 25. It has a longitudinal shape that matches the long side direction. Thereby, it is possible to move (slide) the substrate holding member 20 along the X-axis direction in a state where the mounting portion 25 is inserted into the mounting hole 14e. The attachment part 25 has a slightly smaller long side dimension and shorter side dimension than the attachment hole 14e, so that it can be easily inserted into and removed from the attachment hole 14e. The mounting hole 14e is sized so that the main body 24 overlaps the entire area in a plan view with the substrate holding member 20 in the holding position (FIG. 6).
 取付部25の構造について詳しく説明する。取付部25は、本体部24の裏側の面(シャーシ14との対向面)から裏側に突出する基部25aと、基部25aから本体部24の板面に沿って並行しつつ延出する挟持部25bとを備え、全体として側方から視て略L字型をなしている。基部25aは、本体部24におけるほぼ中心位置に配されており、上記した支持部26と平面視重畳する位置に配されている。基部25aは、略ブロック状をなしている。一方、挟持部25bは、基部25aにおける突出先端部からX軸方向に沿って図7に示す左側、つまり基板保持部材20の取付方向へ向けて延出する片持ち状をなしている。挟持部25bは、基部25aとの連結位置を基端として弾性変形可能とされ、弾性変形に伴ってZ軸方向、つまり基板保持部材20の移動方向と交差する方向(シャーシ14及び本体部24に対して接離する方向)に変位可能とされる。挟持部25bは、本体部24の板面に沿って並行する略平板状をなすとともに、本体部24との間でシャーシ14を挟持可能とされる。挟持部25bは、平面に視て略矩形状をなしており、長辺方向がX軸方向と一致し、短辺方向がY軸方向と一致している。つまり、挟持部25bは、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていると言える。 The structure of the mounting portion 25 will be described in detail. The attachment portion 25 includes a base portion 25a that protrudes from the back surface (the surface facing the chassis 14) of the main body portion 24 to the back side, and a sandwiching portion 25b that extends from the base portion 25a along the plate surface of the main body portion 24 in parallel. And is generally L-shaped as viewed from the side. The base 25a is disposed at a substantially central position in the main body 24, and is disposed at a position overlapping the above-described support 26 in plan view. The base portion 25a has a substantially block shape. On the other hand, the sandwiching portion 25b has a cantilever shape extending from the protruding tip portion of the base portion 25a along the X-axis direction toward the left side shown in FIG. 7, that is, the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 20. The clamping portion 25b can be elastically deformed with the connection position with the base portion 25a as a base end, and in the Z-axis direction, that is, a direction intersecting the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20 (with the chassis 14 and the main body portion 24). It is possible to displace in the direction of approaching and separating. The sandwiching portion 25 b has a substantially flat plate shape parallel to the plate surface of the main body portion 24 and can sandwich the chassis 14 with the main body portion 24. The sandwiching portion 25b has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from above, and the long side direction coincides with the X-axis direction, and the short side direction coincides with the Y-axis direction. That is, it can be said that the sandwiching portion 25 b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18.
 基板保持部材20がシャーシ14に対して上記した保持位置に配されると、挟持部25bは、図7に示すように、シャーシ14における取付孔14eの孔縁と平面に視て重畳するとともに、本体部24との間で取付孔14eの孔縁を挟持する。詳しくは、保持位置では、挟持部25bは、シャーシ14における取付孔14eの孔縁のうち、取付孔14eに対して図7に示す左側、つまり基板保持部材20の取付方向側の孔縁と平面に視て重畳しており、上記孔縁を本体部24との間で挟持する。これにより、基板保持部材20は、シャーシ14に対してZ軸方向についてほぼ移動不能に保持される。一方、基板保持部材20がシャーシ14に対して上記した解除位置に配されると、挟持部25bは、図15に示すように、平面に視てシャーシ14における取付孔14eの孔縁とは重畳せず、平面に視て全域にわたって取付孔14e内に配されるとともに、取付孔14eの孔縁に対する保持状態が解除されている。これにより、基板保持部材20は、シャーシ14に対してZ軸方向に沿って表側へ移動させることが許容され、もってシャーシ14からの取り外しが可能とされる。 When the substrate holding member 20 is disposed at the holding position described above with respect to the chassis 14, as shown in FIG. 7, the clamping portion 25 b overlaps with the hole edge of the mounting hole 14 e in the chassis 14 in a plan view. The hole edge of the attachment hole 14e is sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the body portion 24. Specifically, in the holding position, the clamping portion 25b is flat on the left side shown in FIG. 7 with respect to the mounting hole 14e, that is, on the mounting direction side of the board holding member 20 among the hole edges of the mounting hole 14e in the chassis 14. And the hole edge is sandwiched between the body portion 24 and the hole portion. Thereby, the board | substrate holding member 20 is hold | maintained substantially immovably with respect to the chassis 14 about the Z-axis direction. On the other hand, when the substrate holding member 20 is disposed at the release position described above with respect to the chassis 14, the clamping portion 25b overlaps with the hole edge of the mounting hole 14e in the chassis 14 as seen in a plan view, as shown in FIG. Instead, it is arranged in the mounting hole 14e over the entire area in a plan view, and the holding state of the mounting hole 14e with respect to the hole edge is released. Accordingly, the substrate holding member 20 is allowed to move to the front side along the Z-axis direction with respect to the chassis 14, and thus can be detached from the chassis 14.
 この取付部25は、平面に視てLED基板18と重畳する位置に配されており、そのためLED基板18には、取付部25を通す貫通孔18bが形成されている。この貫通孔18bは、図10に示すように、LED基板18のうち、隣り合うLED17(拡散レンズ19)の間の位置、つまりLED17(拡散レンズ19)とは平面に視て重畳しない位置に配されている。貫通孔18bは、平面形状及び大きさが上記した取付孔14eとほぼ同じとされるとともに、取付孔14eに対して連通されるようになっている。つまり、貫通孔18bは、X軸方向、つまりLED基板18の長辺方向及び配線パターンWPの延在方向に並行する長手状をなしている。従って、LED基板18において一対の配線パターンWPを、Y軸方向について貫通孔18bを跨いだ位置に配しつつも、LED基板18における短辺寸法を小さく維持することができる。 The mounting portion 25 is disposed at a position overlapping with the LED substrate 18 when seen in a plan view. Therefore, the LED substrate 18 is formed with a through hole 18b through which the mounting portion 25 is passed. As shown in FIG. 10, the through-hole 18b is arranged at a position on the LED board 18 between the adjacent LEDs 17 (diffuse lens 19), that is, a position where the LED 17 (diffuse lens 19) does not overlap with the LED 17 (diffuse lens 19). Has been. The through hole 18b is substantially the same in plan shape and size as the mounting hole 14e described above, and communicates with the mounting hole 14e. That is, the through hole 18b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the X-axis direction, that is, the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the extending direction of the wiring pattern WP. Therefore, it is possible to keep the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 small while arranging the pair of wiring patterns WP on the LED substrate 18 at a position straddling the through hole 18b in the Y-axis direction.
 LED基板18における貫通孔18bの孔縁のうち、貫通孔18bに対して図7に示す左側、つまり基板保持部材20の取付方向側の孔縁は、取付状態とされた取付部25における挟持部25bと平面に視て重畳する。従って、本体部24と挟持部25bとの間には、シャーシ14と共にLED基板18が挟持されることになる。さらには、この貫通孔14b内に取付部25が挿入されると、図9に示すように、基部25aにおけるY軸方向の外縁が貫通孔14bの孔縁に当接可能とされる。これにより、LED基板18が取付部25によりY軸方向について位置決め可能とされる。また、本体部24とLED基板18との間に挟まれる各反射シート22,23のうち、上記貫通孔18bに対して平面に視て重畳する位置には、図7,図9及び図11に示すように、貫通孔18bに連通するとともに取付部25を通すことが可能な連通孔22c,23cがそれぞれ形成されている。 Among the hole edges of the through hole 18b in the LED board 18, the left side shown in FIG. 7 with respect to the through hole 18b, that is, the hole edge on the attachment direction side of the board holding member 20, is the clamping part in the attachment part 25 in the attachment state. 25b is superimposed on the plane. Accordingly, the LED board 18 is sandwiched together with the chassis 14 between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b. Furthermore, when the attachment portion 25 is inserted into the through hole 14b, the outer edge in the Y-axis direction of the base portion 25a can be brought into contact with the hole edge of the through hole 14b as shown in FIG. Thereby, the LED board 18 can be positioned in the Y-axis direction by the mounting portion 25. Further, in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the LED substrate 18, the position overlapping with the through hole 18 b in a plan view is shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 11. As shown, communication holes 22c and 23c are formed, which communicate with the through hole 18b and allow the attachment portion 25 to pass therethrough.
 挟持部25bにおける延出先端部には、本体部24側に突出する係止突部25cが設けられている。これに対し、シャーシ14における取付孔14eから図7に示す左側、つまり基板保持部材20の取付方向側に所定間隔(挟持部25bの長辺寸法程度)を空けた位置には、上記した係止突部25cが進入可能な係止孔14fが貫通して設けられている。係止突部25cは、基板保持部材20が保持位置に配された状態では、係止孔14f内に進入するとともにその孔縁に対して係止されるようになっている。これにより、基板保持部材20が保持位置から解除位置側(取外し方向)へ不用意に移動させられる事態が回避されるようになっている。係止突部25cにおける図7に示す右側の側面が、係止孔14fの孔縁に対する係止面とされる。一方、係止突部25cにおける図7に示す左側の側面は、テーパ状に形成されており、それにより基板保持部材20が解除位置から保持位置へ移動される際に挟持部25bが弾性変形し易くなっている。 A locking protrusion 25c that protrudes toward the main body 24 is provided at the extended tip of the clamping part 25b. On the other hand, the above-described locking is provided at a position at a predetermined interval (about the long side dimension of the clamping portion 25b) on the left side shown in FIG. A locking hole 14f through which the protrusion 25c can enter is provided. When the substrate holding member 20 is disposed at the holding position, the locking projection 25c enters the locking hole 14f and is locked to the edge of the hole. As a result, a situation in which the substrate holding member 20 is inadvertently moved from the holding position to the release position side (removal direction) is avoided. The right side surface shown in FIG. 7 in the locking projection 25c is a locking surface for the hole edge of the locking hole 14f. On the other hand, the left side surface shown in FIG. 7 of the locking projection 25c is formed in a taper shape, whereby the clamping portion 25b is elastically deformed when the substrate holding member 20 is moved from the release position to the holding position. It is easy.
 また、本体部25には、図7及び図9に示すように、裏側、つまり反射シート21側(LED基板18側、シャーシ14側)に突出して反射シート21に対して当接される当接部27が設けられている。当接部27は、反射シート21のうちシャーシ用反射シート22に接触してシャーシ用反射シート22を表側から直接的に押さえるとともに、このシャーシ用反射シート22を介して基板用反射シート23及びLED基板18を表側から間接的に押さえることが可能とされる。この当接部27は、本体部24における裏側の面(シャーシ用反射シート22との対向面)から部分的に突出する形態であるから、仮に本体部の裏側の面の全域がシャーシ用反射シート22に当接される場合と比べると、シャーシ用反射シート22に対する接触面積が小さくなっている。当接部27がシャーシ用反射シート22に当接された状態では、本体部24における裏側の面は、シャーシ用反射シート22から浮いていて非接触状態に保たれるとともに、本体部24の裏側の面とシャーシ用反射シート22の表側の面との間には、当接部27の突出寸法分の間隙Cが保有される。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, the main body portion 25 protrudes to the back side, that is, the reflection sheet 21 side (the LED board 18 side and the chassis 14 side) and comes into contact with the reflection sheet 21. A portion 27 is provided. The contact portion 27 contacts the chassis reflection sheet 22 of the reflection sheet 21 and directly presses the chassis reflection sheet 22 from the front side, and the board reflection sheet 23 and the LED via the chassis reflection sheet 22. It is possible to indirectly hold the substrate 18 from the front side. Since the abutment portion 27 has a form that partially protrudes from the back surface of the main body 24 (the surface facing the chassis reflection sheet 22), the entire area of the back surface of the main body is assumed to be the chassis reflection sheet. Compared with the case where it contacts 22, the contact area with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is small. When the contact portion 27 is in contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, the back side surface of the main body portion 24 floats from the chassis reflection sheet 22 and is kept in a non-contact state, and the back side of the main body portion 24. A gap C corresponding to the protruding dimension of the abutting portion 27 is held between this surface and the surface on the front side of the chassis reflection sheet 22.
 当接部27は、図12及び図13に示すように、取付部25(挟持部25b)から平面に視て離れた位置、詳しくは本体部24における外縁部に配されている。つまり、当接部27は、本体部24においてその中央側に配された取付部25から最大限に離れた位置に配されていると言える。そして、本実施形態に係る本体部24は、取付部25の基部25aから当接部27までの部分が所定の弾性を有しており、作用する応力に応じて弾性変形が可能とされている。当接部27は、本体部24において取付部25を挟んだ位置に一対ずつ、合計4つ設けられている。詳しくは、各当接部27は、矩形状をなす本体部24における四隅位置に配されている。つまり、各当接部27は、本体部24において取付部25の基部25aを中心にして対称となる位置に配されている。従って、取付部25における基部25aから各当接部27までの距離は、いずれも同じ大きさとされる。また、各当接部27は、本体部24の板面を平面に視たときに点状をなしていると言える。以上により、基板保持部材20におけるシャーシ用反射シート22に対する接点は、本体部24の板面の面内においてバランス良く分散配置されているので、基板保持部材20をシャーシ用反射シート22に対してがたつきを生じさせることなく安定的に支持することができる(図6)。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the abutting portion 27 is disposed at a position away from the mounting portion 25 (the sandwiching portion 25 b) in a plan view, specifically, an outer edge portion of the main body portion 24. That is, it can be said that the contact portion 27 is disposed at a position farthest from the attachment portion 25 disposed on the center side of the main body portion 24. And the main-body part 24 which concerns on this embodiment has the predetermined elasticity from the base 25a of the attaching part 25 to the contact part 27, and can be elastically deformed according to the stress which acts. . A total of four abutting portions 27 are provided in pairs at positions where the mounting portion 25 is sandwiched in the main body portion 24. Specifically, each contact portion 27 is disposed at four corner positions in the rectangular main body portion 24. That is, each contact portion 27 is disposed at a position that is symmetrical about the base portion 25 a of the attachment portion 25 in the main body portion 24. Accordingly, the distance from the base portion 25a to each contact portion 27 in the mounting portion 25 is the same. Further, it can be said that each contact portion 27 has a dot shape when the plate surface of the main body portion 24 is viewed in a plane. As described above, the contact points of the board holding member 20 with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 are distributed and arranged in a well-balanced manner in the plane of the plate surface of the main body portion 24. It can be supported stably without causing rattling (FIG. 6).
 各当接部27は、図7及び図9に示すように、全体として略半球状をなしており、その周面(シャーシ用反射シート22に対する当接面)が球面により構成されている。従って、各当接部27は、シャーシ用反射シート22に対して点接触されるようになっている。これにより、シャーシ用反射シート22に対する各当接部27の接触面積は最小限とされている。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, each contact portion 27 has a substantially hemispherical shape as a whole, and its peripheral surface (contact surface with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22) is formed of a spherical surface. Therefore, each contact portion 27 is in point contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22. Thereby, the contact area of each contact part 27 with respect to the reflection sheet 22 for chassis is made into the minimum.
 本実施形態は以上のような構造であり、続いてその作用を説明する。液晶パネル11及びバックライト装置12をそれぞれ別途に製造し、それらをベゼル13などを用いて互いに組み付けることで、図4及び図5に示す液晶表示装置10が製造される。このうち、バックライト装置12を製造する際の組み付け作業について詳しく説明する。 This embodiment has the structure as described above, and its operation will be described next. The liquid crystal panel 11 and the backlight device 12 are separately manufactured and assembled to each other using the bezel 13 or the like, whereby the liquid crystal display device 10 shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 is manufactured. Among these, the assembly work at the time of manufacturing the backlight device 12 will be described in detail.
 本実施形態では、シャーシ14に対する各構成部品の組み付けに先立って、LED基板18に対してLED17、基板用反射シート23及び拡散レンズ19を取り付ける作業が行われる。詳しくは、まず、LED基板18には、図10に示すように、LED17が所定位置に実装された後、基板用反射シート23が表側に被せ付けられる。このとき、基板用反射シート23の各LED17が各LED挿通孔23aに通される。その後、LED基板18には、図11に示すように、各LED17を覆うようにしてそれぞれ拡散レンズ19が取り付けられる。このとき、拡散レンズ19における各取付脚部19dが基板用反射シート23の脚部挿通孔23bを通してLED基板18に対して接着剤により固着される。以上により、LED基板18にLED17、基板用反射シート23及び拡散レンズ19を一体化してなる、いわば光源ユニットUが製造される。 In the present embodiment, prior to the assembly of each component to the chassis 14, an operation of attaching the LED 17, the board reflection sheet 23, and the diffusion lens 19 to the LED board 18 is performed. Specifically, first, as shown in FIG. 10, the LED 17 is mounted on a predetermined position on the LED board 18, and then the board reflection sheet 23 is put on the front side. At this time, each LED 17 of the board reflection sheet 23 is passed through each LED insertion hole 23a. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 11, a diffusion lens 19 is attached to the LED substrate 18 so as to cover each LED 17. At this time, each mounting leg 19 d of the diffusing lens 19 is fixed to the LED substrate 18 by an adhesive through the leg insertion hole 23 b of the board reflection sheet 23. Thus, the light source unit U, in which the LED 17, the board reflection sheet 23, and the diffusing lens 19 are integrated with the LED board 18, is produced.
 続いて、シャーシ14に対する各構成部品の組み付け作業について説明する。上記した光源ユニットUをシャーシ14の表側から開口部14bを通して内部に収容し、各光源ユニットUを底板14aに対してそれぞれ所定の取付位置に配する。このとき、各光源ユニットUにおけるLED基板18の各貫通孔18bを、シャーシ14の各取付孔14eに対して整合させて相互を連通させるようにする。ここで、X軸方向について互いに隣り合う各LED基板18は、隣接するコネクタ部18a同士を嵌合することで相互の電気的な接続が図られる。なお、X軸方向に並ぶLED基板18同士の接続作業は、必ずしもシャーシ14内で行う必要はなく、シャーシ14外にて行うようにしても構わない。全ての光源ユニットUの配置が完了したら、続いてシャーシ用反射シート22をシャーシ14内に配する作業を行う。このとき、シャーシ用反射シート22における各レンズ挿通孔22bを光源ユニットUにおける各拡散レンズ19に対して位置合わせしつつ、各拡散レンズ19を各レンズ挿通孔22bに通すようにする(図3)。シャーシ用反射シート22が取り付けられると、基板用反射シート23のうち拡散レンズ19と平面に視て重畳する部分以外の部分のほぼ全てに対して、シャーシ用反射シート22が表側から重ねられる(図7及び図8)。特に、シャーシ用反射シート22におけるレンズ挿通孔22bの縁部が全域にわたって基板用反射シート23の表側に重ねられる。また、シャーシ用反射シート22の連通孔22cが、図14に示すように、基板用反射シート23の連通孔23c、LED基板18の貫通孔18b及びシャーシ14の取付孔14eと整合して相互が連通される。その後、基板保持部材20の取付作業を行う。 Subsequently, the assembly work of each component to the chassis 14 will be described. The above-described light source unit U is housed inside from the front side of the chassis 14 through the opening 14b, and each light source unit U is arranged at a predetermined mounting position with respect to the bottom plate 14a. At this time, the through holes 18b of the LED substrate 18 in the light source units U are aligned with the mounting holes 14e of the chassis 14 so as to communicate with each other. Here, the LED boards 18 adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction can be connected to each other by fitting the adjacent connector portions 18a to each other. The connection work between the LED boards 18 arranged in the X-axis direction is not necessarily performed in the chassis 14 and may be performed outside the chassis 14. When the arrangement of all the light source units U is completed, the operation of arranging the chassis reflection sheet 22 in the chassis 14 is subsequently performed. At this time, each lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 is aligned with each diffusion lens 19 in the light source unit U, and each diffusion lens 19 is passed through each lens insertion hole 22b (FIG. 3). . When the chassis reflection sheet 22 is attached, the chassis reflection sheet 22 is superposed on almost all portions of the substrate reflection sheet 23 other than the portion overlapping the diffuser lens 19 in plan view (see FIG. 7 and FIG. 8). In particular, the edge portion of the lens insertion hole 22b in the chassis reflection sheet 22 is overlapped on the front side of the board reflection sheet 23 over the entire area. Further, as shown in FIG. 14, the communication holes 22 c of the chassis reflection sheet 22 are aligned with the communication holes 23 c of the board reflection sheet 23, the through holes 18 b of the LED board 18, and the mounting holes 14 e of the chassis 14. Communicated. Thereafter, the substrate holding member 20 is attached.
 シャーシ14に対して基板保持部材20を取り付けるにあたっては、本体部24から表側に突出する部位である支持部26を操作部として利用することが可能とされる。このようにすれば、基板保持部材20の取り付けに際しては、作業者は、支持部26を把持して基板保持部材20を操作することができる。図14に示す状態から、シャーシ14の表側から開口部14bを通して内部に基板保持部材20を収容し、本体部24を介して裏側に隠れた状態の取付部25を、対応する連通孔22c,23c、貫通孔18b及び取付孔14eに対して位置合わせしつつ(整合させつつ)挿入する。このとき、支持部26と取付部25とは、平面に視て互いに重畳し且つ同心となる位置に配されているから、作業者にとって取付部25の位置を容易に把握することができる。従って、取付部25を上記各孔14e,18b,22c,23cに位置合わせしつつ挿入する作業をスムーズに行うことができる。 When attaching the substrate holding member 20 to the chassis 14, it is possible to use the support portion 26 that is a portion protruding from the main body portion 24 to the front side as an operation portion. In this way, when attaching the substrate holding member 20, the operator can operate the substrate holding member 20 while holding the support portion 26. From the state shown in FIG. 14, the board holding member 20 is accommodated inside through the opening 14b from the front side of the chassis 14, and the mounting portions 25 hidden in the back side through the main body 24 are connected to the corresponding communication holes 22c, 23c. Then, it is inserted while being aligned (aligned) with respect to the through hole 18b and the mounting hole 14e. At this time, since the support portion 26 and the attachment portion 25 are arranged at positions that overlap each other and are concentric when viewed in a plane, the operator can easily grasp the position of the attachment portion 25. Therefore, it is possible to smoothly perform the operation of inserting the attachment portion 25 while aligning it with the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c.
 取付部25を取付孔14e内に所定深さまで挿入すると、図15に示すように、各当接部27がシャーシ用反射シート22に対して当接されることで、基板保持部材20のそれ以上の押し込みが規制される。基板保持部材20が図15に示す解除位置に達したら、続いて基板保持部材20をX軸方向に沿って図15に示す左側、つまり取付方向へ向けて移動(スライド)させる。図15に示す解除位置では、取付部25における基部25aは、各孔14e,18b,22c,23c内における同図右端に配されるとともに、左側の孔縁(被挟持部分)との間に所定の間隙を保有している。この間隙は、基板保持部材20を解除位置から保持位置まで移動させる際の移動ストローク分程度の大きさとされる。基板保持部材20を移動させる過程では、取付部25における係止突部25cが取付孔14eの孔縁に乗り上げることで、挟持部25bがシャーシ14から離れるようZ軸方向に弾性変形される。 When the mounting portion 25 is inserted into the mounting hole 14e to a predetermined depth, as shown in FIG. 15, the contact portions 27 are brought into contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, thereby further exceeding the board holding member 20. Intrusion is regulated. When the substrate holding member 20 reaches the release position shown in FIG. 15, the substrate holding member 20 is subsequently moved (slid) along the X-axis direction toward the left side shown in FIG. In the release position shown in FIG. 15, the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 is arranged at the right end of each of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c, and is predetermined between the left-side hole edge (clamped portion). Possesses a gap. This gap is set to a size corresponding to the movement stroke when the substrate holding member 20 is moved from the release position to the holding position. In the process of moving the substrate holding member 20, the holding projection 25 c on the mounting portion 25 rides on the hole edge of the mounting hole 14 e, so that the holding portion 25 b is elastically deformed in the Z-axis direction so as to be separated from the chassis 14.
 そして、基板保持部材20が図7に示す保持位置に達すると、挟持部25bが弾性復帰するとともに、係止突部25cが係止孔14f内に進入してその孔縁に対して係止される。これにより、基板保持部材20が保持位置から図7に示す右側、つまり取外し方向へ不用意に移動させられる事態が防がれる。この保持位置では、取付部25の基部25aが各孔14e,18b,22c,23c内における同図左端に配されていて、挟持部25bが各孔14e,18b,22c,23cの左側の孔縁と平面視重畳している。これにより、本体部24と取付部25の挟持部25bとの間には、シャーシ14における取付孔14fの孔縁、及びLED基板18における貫通孔18bの孔縁が共に挟持され、基板保持部材20がZ軸方向について表側または裏側へ不用意に移動させられる事態が防がれる。以上により、基板保持部材20は、保持位置からほぼ移動不能に保持される。そして、LED基板18は、ほぼ移動不能とされた基板保持部材20における本体部24とシャーシ14との間に挟まれた状態で保持されることで、シャーシ14に対して取付状態に維持される。なお、各反射シート22,23における連通孔22c,23cの孔縁についても、本体部24と挟持部25bとの間で挟持される。 When the substrate holding member 20 reaches the holding position shown in FIG. 7, the clamping portion 25b is elastically restored, and the locking projection 25c enters the locking hole 14f and is locked to the hole edge. The This prevents the substrate holding member 20 from being inadvertently moved from the holding position to the right side shown in FIG. 7, that is, the removal direction. In this holding position, the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 is arranged at the left end of the hole 14e, 18b, 22c, 23c in the figure, and the clamping portion 25b is a hole edge on the left side of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, 23c. And in plan view. Thereby, the hole edge of the attachment hole 14f in the chassis 14 and the hole edge of the through hole 18b in the LED board 18 are both held between the main body part 24 and the holding part 25b of the attachment part 25. Is prevented from being inadvertently moved to the front side or the back side in the Z-axis direction. As described above, the substrate holding member 20 is held substantially immovable from the holding position. The LED board 18 is held in a state of being sandwiched between the main body 24 and the chassis 14 in the board holding member 20 that is substantially immovable, and thus is maintained in an attached state with respect to the chassis 14. . In addition, the hole edges of the communication holes 22c and 23c in the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are also sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b.
 上記した取付状態では、シャーシ14及びLED基板18を挟持する本体部24及び挟持部25bが、共にLED基板18と長辺方向を一致させているのに加え、短辺方向についてLED基板18とほぼ同心となる位置に配されているから(図6)、LED基板18を安定的に保持することができる。しかも、図9に示すように、取付部25の基部25aにおけるY軸方向の外縁が各孔14e,18b,22c,23cの孔縁に対して当接可能とされる。これにより、基板保持部材20に対してLED基板18及び各反射シート22,23がY軸方向について位置決めが図られる。 In the mounting state described above, the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b that sandwich the chassis 14 and the LED substrate 18 are both aligned with the LED substrate 18 in the long side direction, and in addition to the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction. Since they are arranged at concentric positions (FIG. 6), the LED substrate 18 can be stably held. In addition, as shown in FIG. 9, the outer edge in the Y-axis direction of the base portion 25a of the mounting portion 25 can be brought into contact with the hole edges of the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c. Accordingly, the LED substrate 18 and the reflection sheets 22 and 23 are positioned with respect to the substrate holding member 20 in the Y-axis direction.
 この取付状態では、図7及び図9に示すように、各当接部27がシャーシ用反射シート22の表側の面に当接される。従って、取付状態では、各当接部27における球面形状とされた周面がシャーシ用反射シート22に対して点接触されるのに対し、本体部24における裏側の面(シャーシ用反射シート22との対向面)は、シャーシ用反射シート22から浮いていて非接触状態に保たれるとともに、本体部24の裏側の面とシャーシ用反射シート22の表側の面との間には、当接部27の突出寸法分の間隙Cが保有される。従って、シャーシ用反射シート22に対する基板保持部材20の接触面積は、ごく僅かなものとされており、仮に本体部の裏側の面の全域を当接させた場合と比べて小さくなっている。このことは、逆に言うと、シャーシ用反射シート22において基板保持部材20とは非接触となる部分(基板保持部材20により押さえられない部分)の面積が増大していることになる。なお、シャーシ用反射シート22は、当接部27により直接押さえられるのに対し、基板用反射シート23及びLED基板18は、シャーシ用反射シート22を介して当接部27により間接的に押さえられている。 In this attached state, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, each contact portion 27 is brought into contact with the front surface of the chassis reflection sheet 22. Therefore, in the mounted state, the spherical surface of each contact portion 27 is in point contact with the chassis reflection sheet 22, while the back surface of the main body portion 24 (with the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the like). Are opposed to the chassis reflection sheet 22 and kept in a non-contact state, and a contact portion is provided between the back surface of the main body 24 and the front surface of the chassis reflection sheet 22. A gap C corresponding to 27 projecting dimensions is retained. Therefore, the contact area of the substrate holding member 20 with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is very small, and is smaller than the case where the entire area of the back side surface of the main body is brought into contact. In other words, the area of the portion of the chassis reflection sheet 22 that is not in contact with the substrate holding member 20 (the portion that cannot be pressed by the substrate holding member 20) is increased. The chassis reflection sheet 22 is directly pressed by the contact portion 27, whereas the board reflection sheet 23 and the LED substrate 18 are indirectly pressed by the contact portion 27 via the chassis reflection sheet 22. ing.
 上記のようにして各基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に取り付けた後、シャーシ14に対して開口部14bを覆うようにして光学部材15を取り付ける。具体的な光学部材15の取り付け順序は、拡散板15aが先でその後に光学シート15bとなる。光学部材15は、図4及び図5に示すように、その外周縁部がシャーシ14の受け板14dによって受けられるとともに、中央側部分が各基板保持部材20の支持部26によって支持されるようになっている。それから、フレーム16をシャーシ14に取り付けると、フレーム16と受け板14dとの間で光学部材15の外周縁部が挟持される。これにより、バックライト装置12の製造が完了する。製造されたバックライト装置12と液晶パネル11とを組み付けるに際しては、フレーム16に対して液晶パネル11を載置してから、さらにその表側にベゼル13を被せ付けるとともにネジ止めする。これにより、フレーム16とベゼル13との間で液晶パネル11が挟持されるとともに、液晶パネル11がバックライト装置12に対して一体化され、もって液晶表示装置10の製造が完了する。 After each substrate holding member 20 is attached to the chassis 14 as described above, the optical member 15 is attached to the chassis 14 so as to cover the opening 14b. The specific mounting order of the optical member 15 is that the diffusion plate 15a is first and then the optical sheet 15b. As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the outer peripheral edge of the optical member 15 is received by the receiving plate 14 d of the chassis 14, and the center side portion is supported by the support portion 26 of each substrate holding member 20. It has become. Then, when the frame 16 is attached to the chassis 14, the outer peripheral edge of the optical member 15 is sandwiched between the frame 16 and the receiving plate 14d. Thereby, the manufacture of the backlight device 12 is completed. When assembling the manufactured backlight device 12 and the liquid crystal panel 11, the liquid crystal panel 11 is placed on the frame 16, and then the bezel 13 is put on the front side and screwed. As a result, the liquid crystal panel 11 is sandwiched between the frame 16 and the bezel 13 and the liquid crystal panel 11 is integrated with the backlight device 12, thereby completing the manufacture of the liquid crystal display device 10.
 上記のようにして製造された液晶表示装置10を使用する際には、バックライト装置12に備えられた各LED17を点灯させるとともに、液晶パネル11に画像信号を供給するようにしており、それにより液晶パネル11の表示面に所定の画像が表示されるようになっている。各LED17を点灯させるのに伴い発せられた光は、図7及び図8に示すように、まず拡散レンズ19の光入射面19aに入射する。このとき、光の大半は、光入射面19aのうち光入射側凹部19cにおける傾斜面に入射することで、その傾斜角度に応じて広角に屈折されつつ拡散レンズ19内に入射する。そして、入射した光は、拡散レンズ19内を伝播した後、光出射面19bから出射されるのであるが、この光出射面19bは、扁平な略球面状をなしているので、外部の空気層との界面にて光がさらに広角に屈折されつつ出射される。しかも、光出射面19bのうちLED17からの光量が最も多くなる領域には、略擂鉢状をなす光出射側凹部19eが形成され、且つその周面が扁平な略球面状をなしているので、光出射側凹部19eの周面にて光を広角に屈折させつつ出射させたり、或いはLED基板18側に反射させることができる。このうち、LED基板18側に戻された光は、基板用反射シート23により拡散レンズ19側に反射されて再び拡散レンズ19に入射されることで有効利用されるので、高い輝度が得られる。 When the liquid crystal display device 10 manufactured as described above is used, each LED 17 provided in the backlight device 12 is turned on and an image signal is supplied to the liquid crystal panel 11, thereby A predetermined image is displayed on the display surface of the liquid crystal panel 11. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the light emitted when each LED 17 is turned on first enters the light incident surface 19 a of the diffusion lens 19. At this time, most of the light is incident on the inclined surface of the light incident side recess 19c in the light incident surface 19a, so that the light enters the diffusing lens 19 while being refracted at a wide angle according to the inclination angle. The incident light propagates through the diffusing lens 19 and then exits from the light exit surface 19b. Since the light exit surface 19b has a flat, substantially spherical shape, an external air layer is formed. Light is emitted while being refracted at a wider angle at the interface. In addition, in the light emitting surface 19b, in the region where the amount of light from the LED 17 is the largest, the light emitting side concave portion 19e having a substantially bowl shape is formed, and the peripheral surface has a flat and substantially spherical shape. Light can be emitted while being refracted at a wide angle on the peripheral surface of the light emitting side recess 19e, or reflected to the LED substrate 18 side. Of these, the light returned to the LED substrate 18 side is effectively utilized by being reflected by the substrate reflection sheet 23 toward the diffusion lens 19 side and entering the diffusion lens 19 again, so that high luminance is obtained.
 このように、LED17から発せられた指向性の強い光を、拡散レンズ19により広角に拡散させることができるので、光学部材15に達した光における、光学部材15の面内の分布を均一なものとすることができる。言い換えると、拡散レンズ19を用いることで隣り合うLED17間の領域が暗部として視認され難くなるので、LED17間の間隔を広くすることが可能となり、もって輝度ムラを抑制しつつもLED17の配置個数の削減を図ることが可能となる。そして、LED17の設置個数を削減することにより、隣り合うLED17間の間隔を広くすることができるので、その広くなった領域を利用して基板保持部材20を配することができ、さらにその基板保持部材20によりLED基板18の固定を図ることができるのである。 As described above, the light having strong directivity emitted from the LED 17 can be diffused at a wide angle by the diffusing lens 19, so that the in-plane distribution of the optical member 15 in the light reaching the optical member 15 is uniform. It can be. In other words, since the region between the adjacent LEDs 17 becomes difficult to be visually recognized as a dark part by using the diffusing lens 19, it becomes possible to widen the interval between the LEDs 17, and thus the number of the LEDs 17 arranged while suppressing the luminance unevenness. Reduction can be achieved. By reducing the number of LEDs 17 installed, the interval between the adjacent LEDs 17 can be widened, so that the substrate holding member 20 can be arranged using the widened region, and the substrate holding The LED board 18 can be fixed by the member 20.
 ところで、各LED17は、点灯に伴い発熱する。各LED17から発せられた熱の多くは、実装されたLED基板18を介してシャーシ14に伝播されてから、液晶表示装置10外の空気へと放散される。このときの放熱効率について考察すると、LED基板18とシャーシ14との密接度合いが高いほど、両者の伝熱性が向上するので、放熱効率が高くなり、逆にLED基板18とシャーシ14との密接度合いが低いほど、両者の伝熱性が低下するので、放熱効率が低くなる傾向とされる。本実施形態では、LED基板18を基板保持部材20によりシャーシ14に固定するようにし、且つ以下の構成を採用することで、放熱効率の向上を図っている。すなわち、基板保持部材20における本体部24及び挟持部25bは、その長辺方向がLED基板18と一致しているのに加え、その短辺方向についてLED基板18とほぼ同心となる位置に配されているから、LED基板18を安定的に保持することができ、それによりシャーシ14に対するLED基板18の密接度合いを高い状態に維持することができる。しかも、本体部24の中央側に取付部25が配されるとともに、外縁部に各当接部27が配されているので、LED基板18は、裏側から中央の取付部25により押さえられるとともに、表側から外縁部の各当接部27により押さえられることで、バランス良く安定的に保持される。さらには、各当接部27は、本体部24における四隅位置に配されているので、LED基板18をよりバランス良く安定的に押さえることができる。このように、LED基板18は、基板保持部材20によりシャーシ14に対して密接状態で安定的に固定されるので、シャーシ14への伝熱性が極めて高く、それにより効率的に放熱を図ることができるのである。従って、バックライト装置12内が高温になり難くなるので、各LED17の発光効率が低下するのを抑制することができ、もって高い輝度を安定的に得ることができる。 Incidentally, each LED 17 generates heat as it is turned on. Most of the heat generated from each LED 17 is propagated to the chassis 14 via the mounted LED substrate 18 and then dissipated to the air outside the liquid crystal display device 10. Considering the heat dissipation efficiency at this time, the higher the degree of close contact between the LED board 18 and the chassis 14, the higher the heat transfer efficiency between them, so the heat release efficiency increases, and conversely, the close contact degree between the LED board 18 and the chassis 14. The lower the is, the lower the heat transfer properties of both, and thus the lower the heat dissipation efficiency. In the present embodiment, the LED substrate 18 is fixed to the chassis 14 by the substrate holding member 20 and the following configuration is adopted to improve the heat dissipation efficiency. That is, the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b of the substrate holding member 20 are arranged at positions that are substantially concentric with the LED substrate 18 in the short side direction in addition to the long side direction being coincident with the LED substrate 18. Therefore, the LED board 18 can be stably held, and thereby the closeness of the LED board 18 to the chassis 14 can be maintained at a high level. Moreover, since the attachment portion 25 is arranged on the center side of the main body portion 24 and each contact portion 27 is arranged on the outer edge portion, the LED substrate 18 is pressed by the center attachment portion 25 from the back side, By being pressed by the respective abutting portions 27 of the outer edge portion from the front side, it is stably held with good balance. Furthermore, since each contact part 27 is distribute | arranged to the four corner positions in the main-body part 24, the LED board 18 can be pressed down more stably with sufficient balance. Thus, since the LED board 18 is stably fixed in close contact with the chassis 14 by the board holding member 20, the heat transfer to the chassis 14 is extremely high, thereby enabling efficient heat dissipation. It can be done. Therefore, since the inside of the backlight device 12 is unlikely to become a high temperature, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the light emission efficiency of each LED 17 and to stably obtain a high luminance.
 上記のように液晶表示装置10を使用する際には、バックライト装置12内の各LED17を点灯または消灯させるなどするため、内部の温度環境に変化が生じ、それに伴い液晶表示装置10の各構成部品は、熱膨張または熱収縮する可能性がある。各構成部品のうち、シャーシ用反射シート22及び基板用反射シート23が熱膨張または熱収縮するのに伴い、仮にしわや撓みなどの局所的な変形が生じると、反射される光にムラが生じ易くなり、バックライト装置12からの出射光に輝度ムラが生じ、表示品位に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。各構成部品のうち、LED基板18が熱膨張または熱収縮するのに伴い、仮に反りや撓みなどの局所的な変形が生じると、コネクタ部18aに接触不良が生じ、LED17の点灯制御などを行う上で不具合が起きる可能性がある。このような各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に生じ得る局所的な変形は、シャーシ14及び基板保持部材20から作用する押さえ力の大きさ及び作用する面積(接触面積)に比例して起き易くなっており、局所的な変形を抑制するには、押さえ力を小さくしたり、押さえられる部分の面積を小さくすることが好ましい。 When the liquid crystal display device 10 is used as described above, each LED 17 in the backlight device 12 is turned on or off, so that a change occurs in the internal temperature environment, and accordingly each configuration of the liquid crystal display device 10. Parts can expand or contract thermally. Among the component parts, when the chassis reflection sheet 22 and the board reflection sheet 23 are thermally expanded or contracted, if local deformation such as wrinkles or deflection occurs, unevenness occurs in the reflected light. As a result, luminance unevenness occurs in the light emitted from the backlight device 12, and the display quality may be adversely affected. Of each component, if the LED substrate 18 is thermally expanded or contracted, if a local deformation such as warping or bending occurs, contact failure occurs in the connector portion 18a, and lighting control of the LED 17 is performed. There is a possibility that a malfunction will occur. Such local deformation that can occur in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 occurs in proportion to the magnitude of the pressing force acting from the chassis 14 and the substrate holding member 20 and the acting area (contact area). In order to suppress local deformation, it is preferable to reduce the pressing force or to reduce the area of the portion to be pressed.
 そこで、本実施形態では、図7及び図9に示すように、基板保持部材20に当接部27を設けるようにし、基板保持部材20のうち当接部27をシャーシ用反射シート22に対して点接触させることで、シャーシ用反射シート22に対する接触面積の低減を図るようにしている。上記接触面積が低減されると、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18においては、基板保持部材20により押さえられる部分(平面に視て当接部27の接点と重畳する部分)が減少し、基板保持部材20により押さえられない部分(平面に視て当接部27の接点とは重畳しない部分)の面積が増加することになる。この基板保持部材20により押さえられる部分は、相対的に熱膨張または熱収縮に伴う伸縮が規制され易い(伸縮の自由度が低い)のに対し、基板保持部材20により押さえられない部分は、相対的に熱膨張または熱収縮に伴う伸縮が許容され易くなっている(伸縮の自由度が高い)。本実施形態では、上記押さえられない部分の面積を増加させているので、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18が全体として熱膨張または熱収縮に伴って伸縮し易くなるのに加えて、伸縮によって生じ得る撓みや反りなどが上記押さえられない部分によって好適に吸収されるので、全体としての平坦性が保たれ、もって各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に撓みや反りが局所的に顕在化するのが抑制されている。 Therefore, in this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 9, the substrate holding member 20 is provided with an abutting portion 27, and the abutting portion 27 of the substrate holding member 20 is located with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22. By making point contact, the contact area with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is reduced. When the contact area is reduced, in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18, a portion pressed by the substrate holding member 20 (a portion overlapping with the contact of the contact portion 27 in a plan view) is reduced. The area of a portion that is not pressed by the substrate holding member 20 (a portion that does not overlap with the contact point of the contact portion 27 in a plan view) increases. While the portion held by the substrate holding member 20 is relatively easily restricted from expansion and contraction due to thermal expansion or contraction (the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction is low), the portion not pressed by the substrate holding member 20 is relatively In particular, the expansion and contraction associated with thermal expansion or contraction is easily allowed (the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction is high). In the present embodiment, since the area of the unpressed portion is increased, each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 is easily expanded and contracted due to thermal expansion or thermal contraction as a whole. Therefore, the flatness as a whole is maintained, so that the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 are locally bent and warped. It is suppressed to become.
 その上、当接部27は、本体部24において取付部25における挟持部25bから平面に視て離れた位置に配されている。この当接部27は、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に対して表側(本体部24側)から押さえ力を付与する部位であるのに対し、挟持部25bは、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に対して裏側(シャーシ14側)から押さえ力を付与する部位である。従って、上記のように当接部27と挟持部25bとが平面に視て互いにずれた(オフセットした)配置とされることで、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18において表側から押さえ力が作用する位置(当接部27の位置)と、裏側から押さえ力が作用する位置(挟持部25bの位置)とが同様にずれた位置関係とされる。従って、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に対して表側及び裏側から作用する応力が集中するのを回避することができる。これにより、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に作用する押さえ力が局所的に大きくなるのを防ぐことができるので、基板保持部材20により押さえられる部分における伸縮の自由度が極端に低くなるような事態を回避でき、もって各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18全体の伸縮の自由度を高めることができる。 In addition, the contact portion 27 is arranged in the main body portion 24 at a position away from the clamping portion 25b of the attachment portion 25 as viewed in a plane. The abutment portion 27 is a portion that applies a pressing force from the front side (the main body portion 24 side) to each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18, whereas the sandwiching portion 25 b 23 and the LED board 18 are portions that apply pressing force from the back side (chassis 14 side). Accordingly, as described above, the contact portion 27 and the sandwiching portion 25b are arranged so as to be shifted (offset) from each other in plan view, so that the pressing force is applied from the front side in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18. The position where the position (the position of the contact portion 27) acts and the position where the pressing force acts from the back side (the position of the clamping portion 25b) are similarly shifted. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the stress acting from the front side and the back side from being concentrated on the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18. Thereby, since it can prevent that the pressing force which acts on each reflection sheet 22,23 and LED board 18 becomes large locally, the freedom degree of the expansion-contraction in the part hold | suppressed by the board | substrate holding member 20 becomes extremely low. Such a situation can be avoided, and thus the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction of the reflecting sheets 22 and 23 and the entire LED board 18 can be increased.
 しかも、当接部27が本体部24において挟持部25bから平面に視て離れた位置に配されることで、次の作用及び効果を得ることもできる。すなわち、基板保持部材20を製造する上で寸法誤差が生じた場合、例えば本体部24からの当接部27の突出寸法が設定値よりも大きくなったり、また取付部25の長さ寸法が設定値よりも短くなるなどすると、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に対して作用する押さえ力が過度に(必要以上に)大きくなるおそれがある。そこで、本実施形態では、上記構成により、本体部24のうち取付部25の基部25aから当接部27までの部分に、ある程度の弾性を付与しているので、図16に示すように、本体部24のうち取付部25から当接部27までの部分を弾性変形させることで、増加し得る押さえ力を吸収することができる。これにより、当接部27から各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18に対して過度の押さえ力が作用するのを防ぐことができる。もって、各反射シート22,23及びLED基板18における伸縮の自由度を担保することができる。 Moreover, the following actions and effects can be obtained by disposing the contact portion 27 in the main body portion 24 at a position away from the holding portion 25b in a plan view. That is, when a dimensional error occurs in manufacturing the substrate holding member 20, for example, the projecting dimension of the contact part 27 from the main body part 24 becomes larger than a set value, or the length dimension of the mounting part 25 is set. If it becomes shorter than the value, the pressing force acting on each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 may be excessively increased (more than necessary). Therefore, in the present embodiment, a certain degree of elasticity is imparted to the portion of the main body portion 24 from the base portion 25a to the abutting portion 27 of the main body portion 24, so that as shown in FIG. By elastically deforming the portion of the portion 24 from the mounting portion 25 to the contact portion 27, it is possible to absorb an increasing pressing force. Thereby, it is possible to prevent an excessive pressing force from acting on the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 from the contact portion 27. Therefore, the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction in each of the reflection sheets 22 and 23 and the LED substrate 18 can be ensured.
 ところで、液晶表示装置10(バックライト装置12)を製造する過程にて行われる点灯検査において、LED基板18自体またはいずれかのLED17に不良が生じていた場合には、不良が生じたLED基板18をシャーシ14から取り外し、交換または修理する必要がある。それ以外にも、液晶表示装置10を使用するのに伴ってLED基板18またはLED17に故障が生じたり、また製品寿命を迎えた液晶表示装置10を廃棄処分する場合にも、LED基板18をシャーシ14から取り外す必要がある。このような場合には、既述した製造時の組み付け手順とは逆の手順で液晶表示装置10から各種部品を取り外し、光学部材15の取り外しが完了してから、LED基板18をシャーシ14から取り外す作業を行う。作業者は、基板保持部材20の取付部25の挟持部25bを弾性変形させて係止孔14fに対する係止突部25cの係止状態を解除しつつ、支持部26を把持して図7に示す保持位置から同図右側へ向けて移動(スライド)させる。基板保持部材20が図15に示す解除位置に達すると、挟持部25bの全域が各孔14e,18b,22c,23c内に配されるとともにシャーシ14及びLED基板18に対する保持状態が解除されるので、Z軸方向に沿って表側へ基板保持部材20を引き上げることで、基板保持部材20が取り外される。その後、LED基板18をシャーシから取り外すようにすればよい。 By the way, in the lighting inspection performed in the process of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device 10 (backlight device 12), if a defect has occurred in the LED substrate 18 or any of the LEDs 17, the LED substrate 18 in which the defect has occurred. Must be removed from the chassis 14 and replaced or repaired. In addition, when the liquid crystal display device 10 is used, the LED substrate 18 or the LED 17 may fail or the product life may be discarded. 14 need to be removed. In such a case, various components are removed from the liquid crystal display device 10 by a procedure reverse to the assembly procedure at the time of manufacture described above, and after the removal of the optical member 15 is completed, the LED board 18 is removed from the chassis 14. Do work. The operator grasps the supporting portion 26 while releasing the locking state of the locking projection 25c with respect to the locking hole 14f by elastically deforming the holding portion 25b of the mounting portion 25 of the substrate holding member 20, and FIG. Move (slide) from the holding position shown to the right in the figure. When the substrate holding member 20 reaches the release position shown in FIG. 15, the entire holding portion 25b is disposed in the holes 14e, 18b, 22c, and 23c, and the holding state with respect to the chassis 14 and the LED substrate 18 is released. The substrate holding member 20 is removed by pulling up the substrate holding member 20 to the front side along the Z-axis direction. Thereafter, the LED board 18 may be removed from the chassis.
 以上説明したように本実施形態のバックライト装置12は、光源であるLED17と、LED17が実装されたLED基板18と、LED基板18が収容されるとともに取付孔14eを有するシャーシ14と、シャーシ14との間でLED基板18を挟んで保持可能な本体部24、及び本体部24からシャーシ14側に突出して取付孔14e内に挿入される取付部25を有する基板保持部材20とを備え、取付部25は、取付孔14e内に挿入された状態で基板保持部材20がシャーシ14の板面に沿う方向に移動されるのに伴い、本体部24との間で少なくともシャーシ14を挟持可能な挟持部25bを有している。 As described above, the backlight device 12 of the present embodiment includes the LED 17 that is a light source, the LED board 18 on which the LED 17 is mounted, the chassis 14 that houses the LED board 18 and has the mounting hole 14e, and the chassis 14. And a substrate holding member 20 having an attachment portion 25 that protrudes from the body portion 24 toward the chassis 14 and is inserted into the attachment hole 14e. The portion 25 is clamped so that at least the chassis 14 can be clamped with the main body portion 24 as the substrate holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 while being inserted into the mounting hole 14e. It has a portion 25b.
 このようにすれば、LED基板18をシャーシ14に取り付けるには、シャーシ14内にLED基板18を収容した状態で、基板保持部材20の取付部25をシャーシ14の取付孔14e内に挿入し、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14の板面に沿う方向(X軸方向)に移動させると、本体部24と取付部25の挟持部25bとの間で少なくともシャーシ14が挟持されることで、基板保持部材20がシャーシ14に対して取付状態に保持される。この状態では、LED基板18は、本体部24とシャーシ14との間に挟まれることでシャーシ14に対して取付状態に保持される。一方、LED基板18をシャーシ14から取り外す場合には、シャーシ14の板面に沿う方向であって取り付け時とは逆向きに基板保持部材20を移動させることで、挟持部25bによるシャーシ14に対する挟持状態を解除しつつ、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14から取り外すようにする。これにより、基板保持部材20によるLED基板18の保持状態が解除されるので、シャーシ14からLED基板18を取り外すことができる。 In this way, in order to attach the LED board 18 to the chassis 14, the mounting part 25 of the board holding member 20 is inserted into the mounting hole 14 e of the chassis 14 while the LED board 18 is accommodated in the chassis 14. When the substrate holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 (X-axis direction), at least the chassis 14 is held between the main body 24 and the holding portion 25b of the mounting portion 25, thereby holding the substrate. The member 20 is held attached to the chassis 14. In this state, the LED board 18 is held in an attached state with respect to the chassis 14 by being sandwiched between the main body 24 and the chassis 14. On the other hand, when the LED board 18 is removed from the chassis 14, the board holding member 20 is moved in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 and in the opposite direction to that at the time of attachment. The substrate holding member 20 is removed from the chassis 14 while releasing the state. Thereby, since the holding state of the LED board 18 by the board | substrate holding member 20 is cancelled | released, the LED board 18 can be removed from the chassis 14. FIG.
 従来では、LED基板18をビス止めしていたため、ビスを着脱する作業自体の作業性が芳しくないなどの理由から作業性が悪化し易い傾向にあったものの、本実施形態によれば、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14の板面に沿う方向に移動させる作業を行うことで、基板保持部材20によりLED基板18を保持したり、その保持状態を解除することが容易にできるから、LED基板18を着脱する際の作業性が良好なものとされる。 Conventionally, since the LED board 18 has been screwed, the workability of the work itself for attaching and detaching the screw tended to be deteriorated for reasons such as poor workability. By performing the operation of moving the member 20 in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14, the LED substrate 18 can be easily held or released by the substrate holding member 20. Workability when attaching and detaching is assumed to be good.
 ところで、本実施形態に係る基板保持部材20は、シャーシ14との間でLED基板18を挟んで保持するようにしているため、例えばLED基板18に実装されたLED17に不良が生じていてLED基板18の交換または修理が必要な場合には、基板保持部材20及びLED基板18をシャーシ14からそれぞれ取り外す必要があり、例えば冷陰極管を保持するランプクリップでは冷陰極管の取り外し作業のみを行えばよいのと比べると、基板保持部材20の取り外し作業の頻度が高くなる傾向とされる。また、LED基板18は、当該バックライト装置12が大型化するのに伴い、その使用数が増加する傾向にあることから、大型化に伴い基板保持部材20の使用数並びにその着脱作業回数も多くなる傾向とされる。以上の事情から、LED基板18を保持する基板保持部材20における着脱時の作業性を向上させることで、当該バックライト装置12を修理などする際の作業性、並びに当該バックライト装置12が大型化した場合の作業性を著しく向上させることができるのである。 By the way, since the board | substrate holding member 20 which concerns on this embodiment is holding | maintaining the LED board 18 on both sides with the chassis 14, the defect has arisen in LED17 mounted in the LED board 18, for example, and LED board When replacement or repair of 18 is necessary, it is necessary to remove the board holding member 20 and the LED board 18 from the chassis 14 respectively. For example, in a lamp clip that holds a cold cathode tube, only the cold cathode tube is removed. Compared to good, the frequency of removing the substrate holding member 20 tends to increase. Further, since the LED board 18 tends to increase in use as the backlight device 12 increases in size, the use of the substrate holding member 20 and the number of attachment / detachment operations increase in accordance with the increase in size. Tend to be. From the above circumstances, the workability when repairing the backlight device 12 and the size of the backlight device 12 are increased by improving the workability at the time of attaching and detaching the substrate holding member 20 that holds the LED substrate 18. In this case, workability can be remarkably improved.
 また、LED基板18は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿ってLED17が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、取付孔14eは、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、基板保持部材20における移動方向がLED基板18及び取付孔14eにおける長辺方向と一致している。このようにすれば、LED基板18及び取付孔14eにおける長辺方向に沿って基板保持部材20を移動させることで、LED基板18を保持または保持状態を解除することができる。 In addition, the LED substrate 18 has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of LEDs 17 are mounted along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole 14e has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. However, the moving direction in the board | substrate holding member 20 corresponds with the long side direction in the LED board 18 and the attachment hole 14e. If it does in this way, the LED board 18 can be hold | maintained or a holding | maintenance state can be cancelled | released by moving the board | substrate holding member 20 along the long side direction in the LED board 18 and the attachment hole 14e.
 また、挟持部25bは、本体部24との間でシャーシ14と共にLED基板18を挟持可能とされる。このようにすれば、本体部24と挟持部25bとの間で、シャーシ14と共にLED基板18が挟持されるので、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。LED基板18における保持状態が安定化すれば、例えばLED基板18からシャーシ14への伝熱性が高められるとともに放熱特性を向上させることができ、もってLED17の発光効率を高い状態に維持することが可能となる。 Further, the sandwiching portion 25b can sandwich the LED board 18 together with the chassis 14 between the body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b. In this way, since the LED board 18 is sandwiched with the chassis 14 between the main body 24 and the clamping part 25b, the LED board 18 can be held more stably. If the holding state on the LED board 18 is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the LED board 18 to the chassis 14 can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, and thus the light emission efficiency of the LED 17 can be maintained at a high level. It becomes.
 また、取付部25は、平面に視てLED基板18と重畳する位置に配されるのに対し、LED基板18には、取付孔14eに連通するとともに取付部25が通される貫通孔18bが設けられていて、本体部24と挟持部25bとの間には、シャーシ14と共に貫通孔18bの縁部が挟持される。このようにすれば、シャーシ14と共にLED基板18における貫通孔18bの縁部が本体部24と挟持部25bとの間に挟持されるので、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。 The mounting portion 25 is disposed at a position overlapping the LED substrate 18 in plan view, whereas the LED substrate 18 has a through hole 18b that communicates with the mounting hole 14e and through which the mounting portion 25 passes. The edge portion of the through hole 18b is sandwiched with the chassis 14 between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b. In this way, the edge portion of the through hole 18b in the LED substrate 18 together with the chassis 14 is sandwiched between the main body portion 24 and the sandwiching portion 25b, so that the LED substrate 18 can be held more stably.
 また、LED基板18には、LED17同士を接続する配線パターンWPが長辺方向に沿って延在して形成されているのに対し、貫通孔18bは、LED基板18及び取付孔14eにおける長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、貫通孔18bがLED基板18及び取付孔14eにおける長辺方向、つまり配線パターンWPの延在方向に並行する長手状をなしているから、仮に貫通孔が配線パターンWPの延在方向と直交する長手状をなす場合と比べると、LED基板18に貫通孔18b及び配線パターンWPを形成するにあたり、LED基板18における短辺寸法を小さくすることができる。これにより、LED基板18における材料費を削減できるとともにシャーシ14内におけるLED基板18の配置スペースを小さくすることもできる。 In addition, the wiring pattern WP for connecting the LEDs 17 to each other is formed on the LED board 18 so as to extend along the long side direction, whereas the through-hole 18b is a long side of the LED board 18 and the mounting hole 14e. It has a longitudinal shape parallel to the direction. In this way, since the through hole 18b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18 and the mounting hole 14e, that is, the extending direction of the wiring pattern WP, the through hole temporarily extends the wiring pattern WP. Compared with the case where the longitudinal direction is orthogonal to the current direction, the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 can be reduced in forming the through holes 18b and the wiring pattern WP in the LED substrate 18. Thereby, the material cost in the LED board 18 can be reduced, and the arrangement space of the LED board 18 in the chassis 14 can be reduced.
 また、貫通孔18bの縁部には、取付部25が当接可能とされる。このようにすれば、取付部25を貫通孔18bの縁部に当接させることで、基板保持部材20に対してLED基板18を位置決めすることができる。 Further, the mounting portion 25 can be brought into contact with the edge portion of the through hole 18b. If it does in this way, the LED board 18 can be positioned with respect to the board | substrate holding member 20 by making the attachment part 25 contact | abut to the edge of the through-hole 18b.
 また、本体部24は、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、挟持部25bとの間でLED基板18を挟んで保持する本体部24がLED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状とされるから、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。 Further, the main body 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. In this way, the main body 24 that holds the LED board 18 between the holding part 25b and the holding part 25b is formed in a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED board 18, so that the LED board 18 is more stable. Can be held.
 また、本体部24は、LED基板18に対してその短辺方向について同心となる位置に配されている。このようにすれば、挟持部25bとの間でLED基板18を挟んで保持する本体部24がLED基板18に対してその短辺方向について同心となる位置に配されているから、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。 The main body 24 is arranged at a position that is concentric with respect to the LED board 18 in the short side direction. In this way, the main body 24 that holds the LED board 18 with the holding part 25b is disposed concentrically with respect to the LED board 18 in the short side direction. Can be held more stably.
 また、挟持部25bは、LED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている。このようにすれば、本体部24との間でシャーシ14及びLED基板18を挟持する挟持部25bがLED基板18の長辺方向に並行する長手状とされるから、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。 Further, the sandwiching portion 25 b has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED substrate 18. In this way, the holding part 25b that holds the chassis 14 and the LED board 18 between the main body part 24 and the main body part 24 has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the LED board 18, so that the LED board 18 is more stable. Can be held in.
 また、本体部24は、平面に視てLED基板18のうち隣り合うLED17の間の領域に配されている。このようにすれば、LED基板18のうち隣り合うLED17の間の領域を有効に利用することができる。 Further, the main body 24 is arranged in a region between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between LED17 which adjoins among LED boards 18 can be used effectively.
 また、本体部24は、平面に視てLED基板18のうち隣り合うLED17の中間位置に配されている。このようにすれば、本体部24に対して隣り合う各LED17までの距離がほぼ等しくなるから、各LED17から発せられた光に対する本体部24の光学的影響をほぼ等しくすることができる。これにより、当該照明装置における出射光にムラが生じ難くなる。 Further, the main body 24 is arranged at an intermediate position between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. In this way, since the distance to each LED 17 adjacent to the main body portion 24 becomes substantially equal, the optical influence of the main body portion 24 on the light emitted from each LED 17 can be made substantially equal. Thereby, unevenness is less likely to occur in the emitted light in the illumination device.
 また、本体部24とLED基板18との間には、光を反射させる反射シート21が介在しており、本体部24における反射シート21との対向面には、反射シート21側に突出し、反射シート21に対して当接される当接部27が設けられている。このようにすれば、反射シート21をLED基板18と共に保持することができる。反射シート21に当接される当接部27は、本体部24から反射シート21側に突出する形態とされるから、仮に本体部における反射シート21との対向面が全域にわたって反射シート21に対して当接される場合と比べると、反射シート21に対する基板保持部材20の接触面積を小さくすることができる。逆に言うと、反射シート21においては、基板保持部材20とは非接触で、基板保持部材20により押さえられない部分の面積が大きくなる。この押さえられない部分は、基板保持部材20が接触して押さえられる部分と比べると、熱環境の変化により熱膨張または熱収縮が生じたときに伸縮し易くなっている。そして、この押さえられない部分の面積が大きくなれば、反射シート21全体として伸縮の自由度が高まることになるので、伸縮に伴う撓みや反りなどの変形が局所的に顕在化するのを抑制することができる。 In addition, a reflection sheet 21 that reflects light is interposed between the main body 24 and the LED substrate 18. The main body 24 faces the reflection sheet 21 on the surface facing the reflection sheet 21, and is reflected by the reflection sheet 21. An abutment portion 27 that abuts against the sheet 21 is provided. In this way, the reflective sheet 21 can be held together with the LED substrate 18. The contact portion 27 that is in contact with the reflection sheet 21 protrudes from the main body portion 24 toward the reflection sheet 21, so that the surface facing the reflection sheet 21 in the main body portion is entirely opposed to the reflection sheet 21. The contact area of the substrate holding member 20 with respect to the reflection sheet 21 can be reduced compared to the case where the contact is made. In other words, in the reflection sheet 21, the area of the portion that is not in contact with the substrate holding member 20 and cannot be pressed by the substrate holding member 20 increases. This unpressed portion is more easily expanded and contracted when thermal expansion or contraction occurs due to a change in the thermal environment, compared to the portion pressed by contact with the substrate holding member 20. And if the area of this part which cannot be suppressed becomes large, since the freedom degree of expansion / contraction will increase as the reflection sheet 21 whole, it suppresses that deformation | transformation, such as bending and curvature accompanying expansion / contraction, becomes localized. be able to.
 また、当接部27は、本体部24において取付部25から離れた位置に配されている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材20を製造する上で寸法誤差が生じた場合において、例えば本体部24からの当接部27の突出寸法が設定値よりも大きくなると、反射シート21に対して作用する押さえ力が過度に大きくなるおそれがある。そのような場合でも、本体部24において当接部27が取付部25から離れた位置に配されているので、本体部24のうち取付部25から当接部27までの部分を弾性変形させて、増加し得る押さえ力を吸収することが可能となる。これにより、当接部27から反射シート21に過度の押さえ力が作用するのを防ぐことができ、もって反射シート21における伸縮の自由度を担保することができる。 Further, the abutting portion 27 is arranged at a position away from the mounting portion 25 in the main body portion 24. In this way, when a dimensional error occurs in manufacturing the substrate holding member 20, for example, when the projecting dimension of the contact part 27 from the main body part 24 becomes larger than a set value, the reflective sheet 21 is not affected. There is a possibility that the pressing force that acts is excessively large. Even in such a case, since the contact portion 27 is arranged at a position away from the attachment portion 25 in the main body portion 24, the portion of the main body portion 24 from the attachment portion 25 to the contact portion 27 is elastically deformed. It becomes possible to absorb the pressing force that can be increased. Thereby, it is possible to prevent an excessive pressing force from acting on the reflection sheet 21 from the abutting portion 27, thereby ensuring the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction in the reflection sheet 21.
 また、取付部25が本体部24における中央側に配されるのに対し、当接部27は、本体部24における外縁部に配されている。このようにすれば、取付部25を本体部24における中央側に配することで、シャーシ14に対して基板保持部材20を安定的に保持させることができる。その上で、当接部27を本体部24における外縁部に配することで、取付部25と当接部27との間の距離を最大限に確保でき、本体部24をより弾性変形し易くすることが可能となる。これにより、基板保持部材20を製造する上で生じる寸法誤差の吸収幅を高めることができ、もって反射シート21における伸縮の自由度をより安定的に担保することができる。 Further, the attachment portion 25 is disposed on the center side of the main body portion 24, whereas the contact portion 27 is disposed on the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24. In this case, the board holding member 20 can be stably held with respect to the chassis 14 by arranging the attachment portion 25 on the center side of the main body portion 24. In addition, by disposing the contact portion 27 on the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24, the distance between the mounting portion 25 and the contact portion 27 can be secured to the maximum, and the main body portion 24 is more easily elastically deformed. It becomes possible to do. Thereby, the absorption width | variety of the dimensional error which arises in manufacturing the board | substrate holding member 20 can be raised, and, thereby, the freedom degree of expansion / contraction in the reflective sheet 21 can be ensured more stably.
 また、当接部27は、本体部24において取付部25を挟んだ位置に少なくとも一対配されている。このようにすれば、反射シート21に対して押さえ力をバランスよく作用させることができ、反射シート21の伸縮の自由度を高めつつも反射シート21を適切に保持することが可能となる。また、一対の当接部27間において本体部24を弓形に弾性変形させることができる。 Further, at least a pair of the contact portions 27 are arranged at positions where the attachment portion 25 is sandwiched in the main body portion 24. If it does in this way, pressing force can be made to act with sufficient balance to reflective sheet 21, and it becomes possible to hold reflective sheet 21 appropriately, raising the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction of reflective sheet 21. Further, the main body portion 24 can be elastically deformed into an arcuate shape between the pair of contact portions 27.
 また、当接部27は、取付部25を中心にした対称位置に配されている。このようにすれば、反射シート21に対して押さえ力を一層バランスよく作用させることができる。 Further, the contact portion 27 is arranged at a symmetrical position with the attachment portion 25 as the center. In this way, the pressing force can be applied to the reflective sheet 21 in a more balanced manner.
 また、挟持部25bは、基板保持部材20の移動方向に沿って延出する片持ち状をなすとともに弾性変形可能とされる。このようにすれば、基板保持部材20を移動させるのに伴って、本体部24と取付部25の挟持部25bとの間で少なくともシャーシ14が挟持される際に、挟持部25bが弾性変形可能とされるので、作業性に優れるとともにシャーシ14を弾性的に挟持することが可能となる。 Further, the sandwiching portion 25b has a cantilever shape extending along the moving direction of the substrate holding member 20 and is elastically deformable. In this way, as the substrate holding member 20 is moved, at least the chassis 14 is clamped between the main body 24 and the clamping part 25b of the mounting part 25, the clamping part 25b can be elastically deformed. Therefore, the workability is excellent and the chassis 14 can be elastically sandwiched.
 また、シャーシ14と挟持部25bとには、互いに係止することで基板保持部材20におけるシャーシ14の板面に沿う方向への移動を規制する係止構造がそれぞれ設けられている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材20が不用意に移動するのが防がれるから、LED基板18に対する保持状態を安定的に維持することが可能とされる。また、挟持部25bが弾性変形可能とされるので、係止構造を係止させたり係止状態を解除する作業を容易に行うことができ、作業性に優れる。 In addition, the chassis 14 and the sandwiching portion 25b are each provided with a locking structure that controls the movement of the substrate holding member 20 in the direction along the plate surface of the chassis 14 by locking each other. In this way, since the substrate holding member 20 is prevented from moving carelessly, the holding state with respect to the LED substrate 18 can be stably maintained. Moreover, since the clamping part 25b can be elastically deformed, the operation of locking the locking structure or releasing the locked state can be easily performed, and the workability is excellent.
 また、係止構造は、シャーシ14に形成される係止孔14fと、挟持部25bからシャーシ14側に突出するとともに係止孔14fの孔縁に対して係止可能な係止突部25cとから構成されている。このようにすれば、挟持部25b側の係止突部25cをシャーシ14側の係止孔14f内に進入させ、孔縁に係止させることで、基板保持部材20の移動を規制することができる。 The locking structure includes a locking hole 14f formed in the chassis 14, and a locking protrusion 25c that protrudes from the clamping portion 25b toward the chassis 14 and can be locked to the edge of the locking hole 14f. It is composed of In this way, the movement of the substrate holding member 20 can be restricted by entering the locking projection 25c on the clamping portion 25b side into the locking hole 14f on the chassis 14 side and locking it to the hole edge. it can.
 また、取付部25は、平面に視て取付孔14eよりも小さくなるよう形成されている。このようにすれば、取付孔14eに対して取付部25を挿抜する作業を容易に行うことができ、作業性に優れる。 Further, the mounting portion 25 is formed so as to be smaller than the mounting hole 14e in a plan view. If it does in this way, the operation | work which inserts / extracts the attachment part 25 with respect to the attachment hole 14e can be performed easily, and it is excellent in workability | operativity.
 また、本体部24には、シャーシ14側とは反対側に突出する突部として支持部26が設けられている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に対して着脱するに際し、作業者は、本体部24からシャーシ14側とは反対側に突出する支持部26を把持して着脱作業を行うことが可能とされる。これにより、基板保持部材20を着脱する際の作業性を一層向上させることができる。 Further, the main body portion 24 is provided with a support portion 26 as a protrusion protruding to the side opposite to the chassis 14 side. According to this configuration, when attaching / detaching the substrate holding member 20 to / from the chassis 14, the operator holds the support portion 26 that protrudes from the main body portion 24 to the opposite side of the chassis 14 and performs the attachment / detachment operation. Is possible. Thereby, workability | operativity at the time of attaching / detaching the board | substrate holding member 20 can be improved further.
 また、支持部26は、平面に視て取付部25と重畳する位置に配されている。このようにすれば、作業者が支持部26を把持しつつ基板保持部材20の取付作業を行う際、取付部25の位置を容易に把握することができるので、作業性に優れる。 Further, the support portion 26 is disposed at a position overlapping the mounting portion 25 when viewed in plan. In this way, when the operator performs the mounting operation of the substrate holding member 20 while holding the support portion 26, the position of the mounting portion 25 can be easily grasped, so that the workability is excellent.
 また、支持部26は、取付部25と同心となる位置に配されている。このようにすれば、作業性を一層向上させることができる。 Further, the support portion 26 is disposed at a position that is concentric with the attachment portion 25. In this way, workability can be further improved.
 また、シャーシ14には、LED17からの光を出射するための開口部14bが設けられるのに対し、LED基板18と対向するよう開口部14bを覆う形で配される光学部材15が備えられており、支持部26は、光学部材15を支持可能とされる。このようにすれば、支持部26により光学部材15を支持することで、光学部材がLED17側に接近するよう変形するのを規制することができる。 The chassis 14 is provided with an optical member 15 disposed so as to cover the opening 14b so as to face the LED substrate 18 while an opening 14b for emitting light from the LED 17 is provided. The support portion 26 can support the optical member 15. If it does in this way, it can control that an optical member deforms so that it may approach to LED17 side by supporting optical member 15 by support part 26.
 また、光源は、LED17とされる。このようにすれば、高輝度化及び低消費電力化などを図ることができる。 Further, the light source is the LED 17. In this way, high brightness and low power consumption can be achieved.
 以上、本発明の実施形態1を示したが、本発明は上記実施の形態に限られるものではなく、例えば以下のような変形例を含むこともできる。なお、以下の各変形例において、上記実施形態と同様の部材には、上記実施形態と同符号を付して図示及び説明を省略するものもある。 As mentioned above, although Embodiment 1 of this invention was shown, this invention is not restricted to the said embodiment, For example, the following modifications can also be included. In the following modifications, members similar to those in the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the above embodiment, and illustration and description thereof may be omitted.
[実施形態1の変形例1]
 実施形態1の変形例1について図17または図18を用いて説明する。ここでは、当接部27‐1の形状を変更したものを示す。
[Modification 1 of Embodiment 1]
Modification 1 of Embodiment 1 is demonstrated using FIG. 17 or FIG. Here, what changed the shape of the contact part 27-1 is shown.
 当接部27‐1は、図17及び図18に示すように、本体部24において中央側の取付部25を取り囲むよう環状に形成されている。詳しくは、当接部27‐1は、平面に視て矩形の無端環状(枠形)をなしており、本体部24における外縁部に沿って延在する形態とされる。また、当接部27‐1は、断面半円形状とされ、シャーシ用反射シート22に対する当接面が球面とされる。図18に示す状態から基板保持部材20をシャーシ14に取り付けると、環状をなす当接部27‐1は、本体部24とシャーシ用反射シート22との間に保有される間隙Cを全周にわたって取り囲んでいるので、上記間隙Cは、シャーシ14内に開口することが避けられている(図7を参照)。従って、シャーシ14内の光が上記間隙Cに漏れることが防がれ、それにより上記間隙Cを介して取付部25とシャーシ14の取付孔14eとの間に僅かに保有される隙間からシャーシ14外へ光が漏れ出すのを防ぐことができる。 As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the contact portion 27-1 is formed in an annular shape so as to surround the attachment portion 25 on the center side in the main body portion 24. Specifically, the contact portion 27-1 has a rectangular endless annular shape (frame shape) when seen in a plan view and extends along the outer edge portion of the main body portion 24. Further, the contact portion 27-1 has a semicircular cross section, and the contact surface with respect to the chassis reflection sheet 22 is a spherical surface. When the substrate holding member 20 is attached to the chassis 14 from the state shown in FIG. 18, the annular contact portion 27-1 holds the gap C held between the main body portion 24 and the chassis reflection sheet 22 over the entire circumference. Since it surrounds, the gap C is avoided from opening into the chassis 14 (see FIG. 7). Therefore, the light in the chassis 14 is prevented from leaking into the gap C, whereby the chassis 14 is opened from the gap slightly held between the mounting portion 25 and the mounting hole 14e of the chassis 14 via the gap C. It is possible to prevent light from leaking outside.
 <実施形態2>
 本発明の実施形態2を図19または図20によって説明する。この実施形態2では、着脱に伴う基板保持部材120の移動方向を変更したものを示す。なお、上記した実施形態1と同様の構造、作用及び効果について重複する説明は省略する。
<Embodiment 2>
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 19 or FIG. In this Embodiment 2, what changed the moving direction of the board | substrate holding member 120 accompanying attachment / detachment is shown. In addition, the overlapping description about the same structure, effect | action, and effect as above-mentioned Embodiment 1 is abbreviate | omitted.
 基板保持部材120をなす本体部124及び取付部125は、図19及び図20に示すように、共に平面に視て略矩形状(長手状)をなすとともに、その長辺方向をY軸方向(LED基板18の短辺方向)と、短辺方向をX軸方向(LED基板18の長辺方向)と一致させた形態とされる。これに対し、取付孔114eについても、上記本体部124及び取付部125と同様の長手状をなしている。そして、基板保持部材120は、X軸方向に隣り合う拡散レンズ19(LED17)間のほぼ中間位置に配されるとともに、シャーシ114に対する基板保持部材120の着脱に伴う移動方向は、取付部125及び取付孔114eの長辺方向であるY軸方向と一致する設定とされている。従って、基板保持部材120の移動ストロークを設定する上で、X軸方向に隣り合う拡散レンズ19間の間隔を考慮する必要がなく、それにより実施形態1と比較してより大きな移動ストロークを設定することが可能となる。そのような設計を採用すれば、挟持部125bによるシャーシ114に対する挟持面積を大きくすることが可能となり、もって基板保持部材120をより安定的にシャーシ114に保持させることができる。逆に言うと、X軸方向に隣り合う拡散レンズ19間の間隔が狭い場合であっても、それに合わせて本体部124の短辺寸法を設定することで、基板保持部材120を配置することが可能となり、また基板保持部材120を着脱する際に拡散レンズ19に対して基板保持部材120が干渉し難くなって着脱時の作業性にも優れる。なお、図20に示す左側(図19に示す上側)が基板保持部材120の取付方向とされ、逆の右側(図19に示す下側)が取外し方向とされる。 As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the main body portion 124 and the attachment portion 125 forming the substrate holding member 120 are both substantially rectangular (longitudinal) when viewed in plan, and the long side direction thereof is the Y-axis direction ( The short side direction of the LED substrate 18) and the short side direction are made to coincide with the X-axis direction (long side direction of the LED substrate 18). On the other hand, the attachment hole 114e has a longitudinal shape similar to that of the main body portion 124 and the attachment portion 125. The substrate holding member 120 is disposed at a substantially intermediate position between the diffusion lenses 19 (LEDs 17) adjacent to each other in the X-axis direction, and the moving direction associated with the attachment / detachment of the substrate holding member 120 with respect to the chassis 114 is the attachment portion 125 and It is set to coincide with the Y-axis direction which is the long side direction of the mounting hole 114e. Therefore, in setting the movement stroke of the substrate holding member 120, it is not necessary to consider the distance between the diffusion lenses 19 adjacent in the X-axis direction, thereby setting a larger movement stroke as compared with the first embodiment. It becomes possible. By adopting such a design, it becomes possible to increase the clamping area of the clamping part 125b with respect to the chassis 114, so that the board holding member 120 can be held on the chassis 114 more stably. In other words, even when the distance between the diffusing lenses 19 adjacent in the X-axis direction is narrow, the substrate holding member 120 can be arranged by setting the short side dimension of the main body 124 accordingly. In addition, when the substrate holding member 120 is attached / detached, the substrate holding member 120 is less likely to interfere with the diffusing lens 19 and the workability during attachment / detachment is excellent. The left side shown in FIG. 20 (upper side shown in FIG. 19) is the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 120, and the opposite right side (lower side shown in FIG. 19) is the removal direction.
 取付孔114e及び取付部125は、Y軸方向に隣り合うLED基板18間の領域に配されており、平面に視てLED基板18とは重畳しない位置に配されている。従って、LED基板18には、実施形態1のような貫通孔18bを形成する必要がないものとされる。本体部124は、その長辺寸法がLED基板18の短辺寸法を2倍した大きさに、Y軸方向に隣り合うLED基板18間の間隔を足し合わせた大きさ程度とされる。そして、基板保持部材120を保持位置とした状態では、本体部124がY軸方向に隣り合う2枚のLED基板18に跨って配されるとともに両LED基板18をシャーシ114との間で一括して保持している。この基板保持部材120は、図19に示すように、LED基板18に対してX軸方向について離間した位置(詳しくは2つの拡散レンズ19を挟んだ位置)に2つずつ配されている。なお、取付状態において、取付部125は、平面に視てLED基板18とは重畳しない位置に配されており、挟持部125bと本体部124との間には、図20に示すように、シャーシ114が介在するもののLED基板18は介在しない構成とされる。 The mounting hole 114e and the mounting portion 125 are disposed in a region between the LED substrates 18 adjacent to each other in the Y-axis direction, and are disposed at positions that do not overlap with the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. Therefore, it is not necessary to form the through hole 18b as in the first embodiment in the LED substrate 18. The main body portion 124 has a long side dimension that is twice the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18 and a distance between the LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction. In the state where the substrate holding member 120 is in the holding position, the main body portion 124 is disposed across the two LED substrates 18 adjacent in the Y-axis direction, and both the LED substrates 18 are collectively connected to the chassis 114. Hold. As shown in FIG. 19, two of the substrate holding members 120 are disposed at positions spaced apart from the LED substrate 18 in the X-axis direction (specifically, positions where the two diffusion lenses 19 are sandwiched). In the mounted state, the mounting portion 125 is disposed at a position that does not overlap with the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. As shown in FIG. 20, a chassis is interposed between the sandwiching portion 125b and the main body portion 124. Although the LED 114 is interposed, the LED substrate 18 is not interposed.
 以上説明したように本実施形態によれば、LED基板18は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿ってLED17が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、取付孔114eは、LED基板18の短辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、基板保持部材120における移動方向がLED基板18における短辺方向と一致している。このようにすれば、LED基板18における短辺方向に沿って基板保持部材120を移動させることで、LED基板18を保持または保持状態を解除することができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the LED substrate 18 has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of LEDs 17 are mounted along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole 114e has the LED substrate 18 mounted thereon. The movement direction of the substrate holding member 120 coincides with the short side direction of the LED substrate 18. In this way, the LED substrate 18 can be held or released by moving the substrate holding member 120 along the short side direction of the LED substrate 18.
 また、本体部124は、平面に視てLED基板18のうち隣り合うLED17の間の領域に配されている。このようにすれば、LED基板18のうち隣り合うLED17の間の領域を有効に利用することができる。ここで、基板保持部材120の移動方向は、LED基板18の短辺方向、すなわちLED17の並び方向と直交する方向であるから、隣り合うLED17の間の領域が少なくとも本体部124の寸法と同じ程度に確保されていれば、基板保持部材120の取り付けが可能となる。つまり、LED17の配列ピッチが狭い場合に好適となる。 Further, the main body 124 is arranged in a region between the adjacent LEDs 17 in the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. If it does in this way, the field between LED17 which adjoins among LED boards 18 can be used effectively. Here, since the moving direction of the substrate holding member 120 is the short side direction of the LED substrate 18, that is, the direction orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the LEDs 17, the region between the adjacent LEDs 17 is at least as large as the size of the main body portion 124. If it is ensured, the substrate holding member 120 can be attached. That is, it is suitable when the arrangement pitch of the LEDs 17 is narrow.
 また、LED基板18は、シャーシ114内において複数がLED基板18の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、取付孔114e及び取付部125は、平面に視てLED基板18とは重畳しない位置に配されている。このようにすれば、LED基板18に取付部125を通す孔を形成する必要がないから、LED基板18の製造コストを低減することができる。また、LED基板18においてLED17同士を接続する配線パターンWPを形成する上でも有利となる。 In addition, a plurality of LED substrates 18 are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the LED substrate 18 in the chassis 114, whereas the attachment holes 114e and the attachment portions 125 are the same as the LED substrate 18 in a plan view. It is arranged at a position where it does not overlap. In this way, since it is not necessary to form a hole through which the attachment portion 125 is passed through the LED substrate 18, the manufacturing cost of the LED substrate 18 can be reduced. Further, it is advantageous in forming a wiring pattern WP for connecting the LEDs 17 on the LED substrate 18.
 また、LED基板18は、シャーシ114内において複数がLED基板18の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、本体部124は、複数のLED基板18に跨るよう配されている。このようにすれば、1つの基板保持部材120により複数のLED基板18を一括して保持することができる。仮に各LED基板18を個別に基板保持部材により保持するものと比べると、基板保持部材120の使用数及びその着脱作業回数を削減することができるので、作業性の一層の向上を図ることができる。 The plurality of LED boards 18 are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the LED board 18 in the chassis 114, whereas the main body 124 is arranged to straddle the plurality of LED boards 18. In this way, a plurality of LED boards 18 can be held together by a single board holding member 120. As compared with the case where each LED board 18 is individually held by a board holding member, the number of use of the board holding member 120 and the number of attaching / detaching operations thereof can be reduced, so that the workability can be further improved. .
 以上、本発明の実施形態2を示したが、本発明は上記実施の形態に限られるものではなく、例えば以下のような変形例を含むこともできる。なお、以下の各変形例において、上記実施形態と同様の部材には、上記実施形態と同符号を付して図示及び説明を省略するものもある。 As mentioned above, although Embodiment 2 of this invention was shown, this invention is not restricted to the said embodiment, For example, the following modifications can also be included. In the following modifications, members similar to those in the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the above embodiment, and illustration and description thereof may be omitted.
[実施形態2の変形例1]
 実施形態2の変形例1について図21を用いて説明する。ここでは、取付部125‐1の設置数などを変更したものを示す。
[Modification 1 of Embodiment 2]
A first modification of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Here, what changed the installation number etc. of the attaching part 125-1 is shown.
 本体部124には、図21に示すように、取付部125‐1が一対設けられている。各取付部125‐1のうち、図21に示す右側の第1取付部125Aは、上記した実施形態1,2にて示した取付部25,125と同様の構成を有するのに対し、同図左側の第2取付部125Bは、シャーシ114に対する係止構造を有していない点で第1取付部125Aとは相違している。第2取付部125Bは、本体部124から裏側へ向けて突出する基部125Baと、基部125BaからY軸方向に沿って基板保持部材120の取付方向に向けて片持ち状に延出する挟持部125Bbとから構成されている。挟持部125Bbにおける延出先端部は、先端側に行くに連れてシャーシ114から離れるよう屈曲されており、ここが取り付け時にガイド機能を発揮するガイド部125Bcとされる。これにより、基板保持部材120の着脱作業を一層向上させることができる。第2取付部125Bは、平面に視てLED基板18とは重畳しない位置に配されるのに対し、第1取付部125Aは、平面に視て一部がLED基板18と重畳する位置に配されている。従って、第1取付部125Aにおける挟持部125Abと本体部124との間には、シャーシ114と共にLED基板18が挟持される。このように取付部125‐1を一対設けるようにすることで、シャーシ114に対して基板保持部材120をより安定的に保持させることができる。また、支持部126は、平面に視て第1取付部125Aと重畳する位置に配されている。なお、本変形例においては、当接部について省略している。 As shown in FIG. 21, the body portion 124 is provided with a pair of attachment portions 125-1. Among the attachment portions 125-1, the first attachment portion 125A on the right side shown in FIG. 21 has the same configuration as the attachment portions 25 and 125 shown in the first and second embodiments, whereas FIG. The second attachment portion 125B on the left side is different from the first attachment portion 125A in that it does not have a locking structure for the chassis 114. The second attachment portion 125B includes a base portion 125Ba that protrudes from the main body portion 124 toward the back side, and a sandwiching portion 125Bb that extends in a cantilever direction from the base portion 125Ba toward the attachment direction of the substrate holding member 120 along the Y-axis direction. It is composed of. The extending tip portion of the sandwiching portion 125Bb is bent away from the chassis 114 as it goes to the tip side, and this is a guide portion 125Bc that exhibits a guide function when attached. Thereby, the attaching / detaching work of the substrate holding member 120 can be further improved. The second mounting portion 125B is disposed at a position where the second mounting portion 125B does not overlap with the LED substrate 18 when viewed in a plane, whereas the first mounting portion 125A is disposed at a position where a portion thereof overlaps with the LED substrate 18 when viewed in a plane. Has been. Accordingly, the LED substrate 18 is sandwiched together with the chassis 114 between the sandwiching portion 125Ab and the main body portion 124 in the first attachment portion 125A. Thus, by providing a pair of attachment portions 125-1, the substrate holding member 120 can be more stably held with respect to the chassis 114. Further, the support portion 126 is disposed at a position overlapping the first attachment portion 125A when viewed in plan. In this modification, the contact portion is omitted.
 以上説明したように本変形例によれば、挟持部125Abは、本体部124との間でシャーシ114と共にLED基板18を挟持可能とされる。このようにすれば、本体部124と挟持部125Abとの間で、シャーシ114と共にLED基板18が挟持されるので、LED基板18をより安定的に保持することができる。LED基板18における保持状態が安定化すれば、例えばLED基板18からシャーシ114への伝熱性が高められるとともに放熱特性を向上させることができ、もってLED17の発光効率を高い状態に維持することが可能となる。 As described above, according to the present modification, the holding portion 125Ab can hold the LED board 18 together with the chassis 114 between the main body portion 124 and the holding portion 125Ab. In this way, since the LED board 18 is clamped together with the chassis 114 between the main body 124 and the clamping part 125Ab, the LED board 18 can be held more stably. If the holding state on the LED board 18 is stabilized, for example, heat transfer from the LED board 18 to the chassis 114 can be improved and heat dissipation characteristics can be improved, and thus the luminous efficiency of the LED 17 can be maintained at a high level. It becomes.
[実施形態2の変形例2]
 実施形態2の変形例2について図22または図23を用いて説明する。ここでは、本体部124‐2の大きさを変更したものを示す。
[Modification 2 of Embodiment 2]
A second modification of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 22 or FIG. Here, the main body 124-2 is changed in size.
 基板保持部材120‐2は、図22及び図23に示すように、各LED基板18毎に一対ずつ取り付けられている。本体部124‐2は、LED基板18の短辺寸法よりも少し長い程度の長辺寸法を有しており、Y軸方向に隣り合うLED基板18間に跨ることなく、各LED基板18を個別に保持している。また、各LED基板18に取り付けられる一対の基板保持部材120‐2は、X軸方向について所定寸法(2つの拡散レンズ19分程度の間隔)を空けた位置にそれぞれ配されている。このように、本体部124‐2の長辺寸法について、実施形態2及びその変形例1よりも短尺にすることで、シャーシ114に対して基板保持部材120‐2を着脱する際に拡散レンズ19に対して基板保持部材120‐2が干渉し難くなり、それにより着脱時の作業性を向上させることが可能となる。 As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23, a pair of substrate holding members 120-2 are attached to each LED substrate 18. The main body portion 124-2 has a long side dimension slightly longer than the short side dimension of the LED substrate 18, and each LED substrate 18 is individually separated without straddling between the LED substrates 18 adjacent to each other in the Y-axis direction. Hold on. In addition, the pair of substrate holding members 120-2 attached to each LED substrate 18 are respectively arranged at positions spaced apart from each other by a predetermined dimension (an interval of about two diffusion lenses 19 minutes) in the X-axis direction. As described above, the long side dimension of the main body portion 124-2 is made shorter than that of the second embodiment and the modified example 1, so that the diffusing lens 19 is attached when the substrate holding member 120-2 is attached to or detached from the chassis 114. In contrast, the substrate holding member 120-2 is less likely to interfere with each other, thereby improving workability during attachment / detachment.
[実施形態2の変形例3]
 実施形態2の変形例3について図24または図25を用いて説明する。ここでは、シャーシ114における基板保持部材120‐3の配置を工夫したものを示す。
[Modification 3 of Embodiment 2]
A third modification of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 24 or FIG. Here, an arrangement of the substrate holding member 120-3 in the chassis 114 is shown.
 シャーシ114内には、図24に示すように、Y軸方向についてLED基板18が8枚ずつ並列して配されている。これに対し、基板保持部材120‐3は、各LED基板18に対してX軸方向に離れた位置に一対ずつ配されるとともに、Y軸方向に隣り合う2枚のLED基板18を一括して保持可能とされ、シャーシ114内において複数(具体的には合計24個)が間欠的にジグザグ状に配されている。そして、各基板保持部材120‐3は、シャーシ114における短辺方向(Y軸方向)の中央位置を通るとともに長辺方向(X軸方向)に沿って延びる基準線Lを境にして、シャーシ114に対する取付方向が逆向きになるよう配されている。詳しくは、シャーシ114内の領域は、上記した基準線Lよりも図24に示す上側の第1領域A1と、同図下側の第2領域A2とに分けることができ、第1領域A1内に配された各基板保持部材120‐3は、シャーシ114に対する取付方向が図24に示す矢線Y1の方向とされるのに対し、第2領域A2内に配された各基板保持部材120‐3は、シャーシ114に対する取付方向が図24に示す矢線Y2の方向、つまり矢線Y1の方向とは逆向きとされる。 In the chassis 114, as shown in FIG. 24, eight LED boards 18 are arranged in parallel in the Y-axis direction. On the other hand, the substrate holding members 120-3 are arranged in pairs at positions separated from each LED substrate 18 in the X-axis direction, and collectively two adjacent LED substrates 18 in the Y-axis direction. In the chassis 114, a plurality (specifically, a total of 24) are intermittently arranged in a zigzag shape. Each board holding member 120-3 passes through the center position of the chassis 114 in the short side direction (Y-axis direction) and extends along the long side direction (X-axis direction) as a boundary. It is arranged so that the mounting direction with respect to is opposite. Specifically, the area in the chassis 114 can be divided into a first area A1 on the upper side shown in FIG. 24 with respect to the reference line L and a second area A2 on the lower side in the figure. Each substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the direction of attachment to the chassis 114 is the direction of arrow Y1 shown in FIG. 24, whereas each substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the second region A2 3, the mounting direction with respect to the chassis 114 is opposite to the direction of the arrow Y2 shown in FIG. 24, that is, the direction of the arrow Y1.
 より具体的には、第1領域A1内に配される基板保持部材120‐3は、図25に示すように、取付部125‐3における基部125a‐3からの挟持部125b‐3の突出方向が同図矢線Y1の方向と一致するよう、シャーシ114に取り付けられる。一方、第2領域A2内に配される基板保持部材120‐3は、取付部125‐3における基部125a‐3からの挟持部125b‐3の突出方向が矢線Y2の方向と一致するよう、シャーシ114に取り付けられる。また、シャーシ114における取付孔(図示せず)の配置についても上記した各取付部125‐3の配置に適合するよう変更されている。なお、第1領域A1内に配される基板保持部材120‐3の取外し方向は、矢線Y2の方向と一致しているのに対し、第2領域A2内に配される基板保持部材120‐3の取外し方向は、矢線Y1の方向と一致している。また、各領域A1,A2における各基板保持部材120‐3の取付方向は、共に基準線Lから遠ざかる方向とされるのに対し、取外し方向は、共に基準線Lに近づく方向とされる。 More specifically, as shown in FIG. 25, the substrate holding member 120-3 disposed in the first region A1 is protruded from the base 125a-3 in the mounting portion 125-3. Is attached to the chassis 114 so as to coincide with the direction of the arrow line Y1. On the other hand, the substrate holding member 120-3 disposed in the second region A2 is arranged so that the protruding direction of the clamping part 125b-3 from the base part 125a-3 in the attachment part 125-3 coincides with the direction of the arrow line Y2. Attached to the chassis 114. Further, the arrangement of the mounting holes (not shown) in the chassis 114 is also changed so as to be adapted to the arrangement of the respective mounting portions 125-3. The removal direction of the substrate holding member 120-3 arranged in the first area A1 coincides with the direction of the arrow Y2, whereas the substrate holding member 120- arranged in the second area A2 is used. The removal direction of 3 coincides with the direction of the arrow line Y1. In addition, the mounting directions of the substrate holding members 120-3 in the regions A1 and A2 are both directions away from the reference line L, while the removal directions are both directions close to the reference line L.
 以上の構成を採用した場合、製造過程において、シャーシ114に各基板保持部材120‐3を取り付ける作業を行うにあたり、第1領域A1への取り付けを担当する作業者と、第2領域A2への取り付けを担当する作業者とに作業を分担させるのが好ましい。各領域A1,A2を担当する作業者を、シャーシ114をY軸方向に挟んだ位置にそれぞれ配置するとともに、各作業者には、「基板保持部材120‐3の取付方向は手前側」といった共通の指示を与えばよいので、各作業者が作業方法を勘違いするなどの問題が生じ難く、もって作業効率の向上を図ることができる。なお、基板保持部材120‐3をシャーシ114から取り外す場合にも同様の効果を得ることができる。 In the case of adopting the above configuration, in the manufacturing process, when performing the work of attaching each substrate holding member 120-3 to the chassis 114, the worker in charge of attachment to the first area A1 and the attachment to the second area A2 It is preferable to share the work with the worker in charge. The workers in charge of each of the areas A1 and A2 are arranged at positions where the chassis 114 is sandwiched in the Y-axis direction, and each worker has a common “the mounting direction of the substrate holding member 120-3 is the front side”. Therefore, it is difficult for each worker to misunderstand the work method, and the work efficiency can be improved. The same effect can be obtained when the substrate holding member 120-3 is removed from the chassis 114.
 以上説明したように本変形例によれば、基板保持部材120‐3は、シャーシ114内においてシャーシ114の略中央を横切る基準線Lを挟んだ位置に複数が分散して配されており、基準線Lを挟んだ位置に配された基板保持部材120‐3は、シャーシ114に対する取り付けに伴う移動方向が互いに逆向きとなる設定とされている。このようにすれば、基板保持部材120‐3をシャーシ114に取り付ける作業を行うにあたり、基準線Lを境界にしてシャーシ114内の各領域A1,A2に対する取付作業を作業者に分担させるとともに、各作業者への作業指示内容を共通化させることが可能とされる。これにより、作業効率の向上を図ることができる。
 なお、各領域A1,A2における各基板保持部材120‐3の取付方向及び取外し方向は、適宜に変更することが可能であり、例えば各領域A1,A2における各基板保持部材120‐3の取付方向を、共に基準線Lに近づく方向とし、取外し方向を、共に基準線Lから遠ざかる方向とすることもできる。
As described above, according to this modification, a plurality of the substrate holding members 120-3 are arranged in a distributed manner at positions sandwiching the reference line L across the approximate center of the chassis 114 in the chassis 114. The substrate holding members 120-3 arranged at positions sandwiching the line L are set so that the moving directions accompanying the attachment to the chassis 114 are opposite to each other. In this way, when performing the work of attaching the substrate holding member 120-3 to the chassis 114, the work for attaching the areas A1 and A2 in the chassis 114 with the reference line L as a boundary is shared by the operator. It is possible to share the contents of work instructions to workers. Thereby, the working efficiency can be improved.
In addition, the attachment direction and removal direction of each board | substrate holding member 120-3 in each area | region A1, A2 can be changed suitably, for example, the attachment direction of each board | substrate holding member 120-3 in each area | region A1, A2. Can be the direction approaching the reference line L, and the removal direction can be the direction moving away from the reference line L.
 <他の実施形態>
 本発明は上記記述及び図面によって説明した実施形態に限定されるものではなく、例えば次のような実施形態も本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。
 (1)上記した実施形態1では、基板保持部材がLED基板の長辺方向に沿って移動するものにおいて、LED基板に貫通孔を形成したものを示したが、LED基板から貫通孔を省略することも可能である。具体的には、本体部をLED基板とは平面視重畳しない位置まで延出させるとともにそのLED基板とは重畳しない部位に取付部を設けるようにすればよい。
<Other embodiments>
The present invention is not limited to the embodiments described with reference to the above description and drawings. For example, the following embodiments are also included in the technical scope of the present invention.
(1) In the first embodiment described above, the substrate holding member moves along the long side direction of the LED substrate, and the LED substrate is formed with a through hole. However, the through hole is omitted from the LED substrate. It is also possible. Specifically, the main body portion may be extended to a position where it does not overlap with the LED substrate in plan view, and the attachment portion may be provided at a portion that does not overlap with the LED substrate.
 (2)また、実施形態1において本体部の短辺寸法を、LED基板の短辺寸法とほぼ同じ大きさとしたり、LED基板の短辺寸法よりも大きくすることも可能である。 (2) In the first embodiment, the short side dimension of the main body can be made substantially the same as the short side dimension of the LED substrate, or can be made larger than the short side dimension of the LED substrate.
 (3)上記した実施形態2では、基板保持部材がLED基板の短辺方向に沿って移動するものにおいて、LED基板に貫通孔を形成しないものを示したが、取付部をLED基板と平面視重畳する配置とするとともにLED基板に貫通孔を設けることも可能である。 (3) In the second embodiment described above, the substrate holding member moves along the short side direction of the LED substrate, and the LED substrate is not formed with a through hole. It is also possible to provide a through-hole in the LED substrate while arranging it to overlap.
 (4)上記した各実施形態では、本体部を平面に視て矩形状(長手状)に形成したものを示したが、本体部の平面形状は適宜に変更可能である。本体部の形状について、例えば平面に視て円形、楕円形、正方形、三角形などとすることもできる。同様に取付部についても平面形状を適宜に変更可能である。 (4) In each of the above-described embodiments, the main body is formed in a rectangular shape (longitudinal shape) when viewed in plan, but the planar shape of the main body can be changed as appropriate. The shape of the main body may be, for example, a circle, an ellipse, a square, or a triangle when viewed in plan. Similarly, the planar shape of the mounting portion can be changed as appropriate.
 (5)上記した各実施形態では、取付部が片持ち状の挟持部を有するものを示したが、挟持部を両持ち状などとすることも可能である。それ以外にも、例えば基部の突出端からフランジ状に拡がる形態の挟持部を設けるようにしたものも本発明に含まれる。 (5) In each of the above-described embodiments, the attachment portion has a cantilever-shaped sandwiching portion. However, the sandwiching portion can be a double-supported shape. In addition to this, for example, the present invention includes a sandwiching portion having a shape that expands in a flange shape from the protruding end of the base portion.
 (6)上記した各実施形態では、基板保持部材及びシャーシが係止構造(係止突部及び係止孔)を有するものを示したが、係止構造を省略したものも本発明に含まれる。具体的には、取付部として、実施形態2の変形例1にて示した係止突部を有さない第2取付部のみを基板保持部材に設けるようにし、シャーシから係止孔を省略すればよい。なお、その場合は、取付状態において挟持部を弾性変形させることで、シャーシ(LED基板)を弾性的に挟持させることが保持力確保の観点から好ましい。 (6) In each of the above-described embodiments, the substrate holding member and the chassis have the locking structure (the locking protrusion and the locking hole). However, the structure in which the locking structure is omitted is also included in the present invention. . Specifically, only the second mounting portion that does not have the locking protrusion shown in Modification 1 of Embodiment 2 is provided on the substrate holding member as the mounting portion, and the locking hole is omitted from the chassis. That's fine. In that case, it is preferable from the viewpoint of securing the holding force to elastically clamp the chassis (LED substrate) by elastically deforming the clamping portion in the attached state.
 (7)上記した各実施形態では、係止構造として挟持部側に係止突部を、シャーシ側に係止孔を設けたものを示したが、逆にシャーシ側に係止突部を、挟持部側に係止孔を設けるようにしたものも本発明に含まれる。 (7) In each of the above-described embodiments, the locking structure has been provided with a locking projection on the clamping portion side and a locking hole on the chassis side, but on the contrary, the locking projection on the chassis side, A structure in which a locking hole is provided on the holding part side is also included in the present invention.
 (8)上記した各実施形態では、取付孔が平面に視て取付部よりも大きくなるものを示したが、取付孔が平面に視て取付部よりも小さくなるものも本発明に含まれる。具体的には、取付孔の長辺寸法(基板保持部材の移動方向についての寸法)を、取付部の長辺寸法よりも小さくしても構わない。その場合、基板保持部材を取り付ける際に、基板保持部材を傾けた姿勢とすることで、取付孔に対する取付部の挿入が可能とされる。 (8) In each of the above-described embodiments, the attachment hole is larger than the attachment portion when seen in a plane, but the attachment hole is smaller than the attachment portion when seen in a plane is also included in the present invention. Specifically, the long side dimension of the mounting hole (the dimension in the moving direction of the substrate holding member) may be smaller than the long side dimension of the mounting portion. In that case, when the substrate holding member is attached, the attachment portion can be inserted into the attachment hole by tilting the substrate holding member.
 (9)上記した各実施形態では、着脱に伴う基板保持部材の移動方向がLED基板の長辺方向または短辺方向と一致するものを示したが、上記移動方向がLED基板の長辺方向及び短辺方向の双方と交差する方向(斜め方向)と一致するものも本発明に含まれる。 (9) In each of the embodiments described above, the movement direction of the substrate holding member accompanying attachment / detachment is the same as the long side direction or the short side direction of the LED substrate, but the movement direction is the long side direction of the LED substrate and Those that coincide with the direction (diagonal direction) intersecting both of the short side directions are also included in the present invention.
 (10)上記した各実施形態以外にも、シャーシまたはLED基板における基板保持部材の設置数及び配置は適宜に変更可能である。具体的には、1枚のLED基板に対して基板保持部材を2つ以上取り付けることも可能である。また、シャーシにおいて各基板保持部材を格子状に揃えて配置することも可能である。 (10) In addition to the above-described embodiments, the number and arrangement of the substrate holding members on the chassis or LED substrate can be changed as appropriate. Specifically, two or more substrate holding members can be attached to one LED substrate. It is also possible to arrange the substrate holding members in a grid in the chassis.
 (11)上記した各実施形態では、基板保持部材において支持部と取付部の基部とが同心となる位置に配されるものを示したが、支持部と取付部の基部とが平面視重畳するものの、同心とならない配置としたものも本発明に含まれる。また、支持部と取付部の基部とが平面視重畳しない配置としたものも本発明に含まれる。 (11) In each of the above-described embodiments, the substrate holding member is shown in which the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion are arranged concentrically, but the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion overlap in plan view. However, arrangements that are not concentric are also included in the present invention. Further, the present invention includes an arrangement in which the support portion and the base portion of the attachment portion do not overlap in plan view.
 (12)上記した各実施形態では、基板保持部材が光学部材を支持可能な支持部を有するものを示したが、支持部を省略することも可能である。また、支持部に代えて、本体部に光学部材に対する支持機能を有さない突部を設けるとともに、その突部を利用して基板保持部材の着脱作業を行うようにすることも可能である。 (12) In each of the above-described embodiments, the substrate holding member has the support portion that can support the optical member. However, the support portion may be omitted. Further, instead of the support portion, it is also possible to provide a protrusion that does not have a support function for the optical member in the main body, and to perform the attaching / detaching operation of the substrate holding member using the protrusion.
 (13)上記した各実施形態では、LEDからの光を拡散させる拡散レンズを用いたものを示したが、拡散レンズ以外の光学レンズ(例えば集光レンズなど)を用いたものも本発明に含まれる。また、拡散レンズを省略したものも本発明に含まれ、その場合は拡散レンズを省略するのに伴い、基板用反射シートを省略することも可能である。 (13) In each of the above-described embodiments, the one using a diffusion lens that diffuses the light from the LED is shown. However, one using an optical lens other than the diffusion lens (for example, a condensing lens) is also included in the present invention. It is. Moreover, what abbreviate | omitted the diffuser lens is also contained in this invention, and it is also possible to abbreviate | omit the board | substrate reflective sheet in that case with abbreviate | omitting a diffuser lens.
 (14)上記した各実施形態以外にも、当接部の具体的な形状・配置・設置数などについては、適宜に変更可能である。具体的には、当接部が円柱状、角柱状、円錐状、角錐状などとされるものや、当接部における断面形状が山形(三角形)や楕円形状などとされるものも本発明に含まれる。また、当接部を本体部において外縁部以外の位置に配することも可能である。また、当接部を本体部に対して3つ以下または5つ以上設置することも可能である。 (14) In addition to the above-described embodiments, the specific shape, arrangement, number of installations, and the like of the contact portion can be changed as appropriate. Specifically, the present invention includes those in which the contact portion has a cylindrical shape, a prismatic shape, a conical shape, a pyramid shape, or the like, and those in which the cross-sectional shape in the contact portion is a mountain shape (triangle) or an elliptical shape included. It is also possible to arrange the contact part at a position other than the outer edge part in the main body part. It is also possible to install three or less or five or more abutting portions with respect to the main body portion.
 (15)上記した各実施形態では、本体部のうち取付部の基部と当接部との間の部分に弾性を持たせるようにしたものを示したが、必ずしも本体部に弾性を持たせる必要はなく、本体部が殆ど或いは全く弾性変形しないような設定とされたものも本発明に含まれる。その場合であっても、各反射シートに対して表側及び裏側から押さえ力が作用する位置は、平面に視て互いにずれることになるので、各反射シートへの応力集中を好適に緩和することができてその伸縮の自由度を高める効果は得られる。 (15) In each of the above-described embodiments, the portion of the main body portion between the base portion of the mounting portion and the contact portion is made elastic. However, the main body portion needs to be elastic. However, the present invention also includes a configuration in which the main body is set to be hardly or not elastically deformed. Even in such a case, the positions where the pressing force acts on the respective reflective sheets from the front side and the back side are shifted from each other when viewed in a plane, so that the stress concentration on each reflective sheet can be preferably alleviated. The effect of increasing the degree of freedom of expansion and contraction can be obtained.
 (16)上記した(15)とは逆に、本体部のうち取付部の基部と当接部との間の部分に弾性を持たせるにあたり、例えば積極的に撓み易くする設計とし、当接部における本体部からの突出寸法を大きくすることで、寸法誤差が生じていない状況であっても、本体部を弾性変形させるようにすることも勿論可能である。 (16) Contrary to the above (15), in order to give elasticity to a portion of the main body portion between the base portion of the mounting portion and the abutting portion, for example, the abutting portion is designed to positively bend easily. It is of course possible to make the main body elastically deformed even when there is no dimensional error by increasing the projecting dimension from the main body.
 (17)上記した実施形態2の各変形例では、当接部を省略したものを示したが、これらの変形例において当接部を設けることも勿論可能である。逆に、実施形態1,2において当接部を省略することも可能である。 (17) In the modifications of the second embodiment described above, the contact portion is omitted. However, it is of course possible to provide the contact portion in these modifications. On the contrary, in the first and second embodiments, the contact portion can be omitted.
 (18)上記した各実施形態では、基板保持部材の表面の色を白色としたものを例示したが、基板保持部材の表面の色については、例えば乳白色や銀色としてもよい。また、基板保持部材の表面に所望の色の塗料を塗布することで、表面の色を設定することが可能である。 (18) In each of the above-described embodiments, the surface of the substrate holding member is exemplified as white. However, the surface of the substrate holding member may be milky white or silver, for example. Moreover, it is possible to set the surface color by applying a desired color paint to the surface of the substrate holding member.
 (19)上記した各実施形態では、LED基板として5個実装タイプ、6個実装タイプ及び8個実装タイプのものを適宜に組み合わせて用いる旨を説明したが、5個,6個,8個以外の数のLEDを実装したLED基板を用いるようにしたものも本発明に含まれる。 (19) In each of the above-described embodiments, it has been described that the LED board is used in an appropriate combination of the five-mounting type, the six-mounting type, and the eight-mounting type, but other than five, six, and eight. What used the LED board which mounted the number of LED is also contained in this invention.
 (20)上記した各実施形態では、青色を単色発光するLEDチップを内蔵し、蛍光体によって白色光を発光するタイプのLEDを用いた場合を示したが、紫外光を単色発光するLEDチップを内蔵し、蛍光体によって白色光を発光するタイプのLEDを用いたものも本発明に含まれる。 (20) In each of the above-described embodiments, the case where an LED chip that emits blue light in a single color and an LED that emits white light using a phosphor is used has been described. However, an LED chip that emits ultraviolet light in a single color is shown. A built-in LED that emits white light with a phosphor is also included in the present invention.
 (21)上記した各実施形態では、青色を単色発光するLEDチップを内蔵し、蛍光体によって白色光を発光するタイプのLEDを用いた場合を示したが、R,G,Bをそれぞれ単色発光する3種類のLEDチップを内蔵したタイプのLEDを用いたものも本発明に含まれる。それ以外にも、C(シアン),M(マゼンタ),Y(イエロー)をそれぞれ単色発光する3種類のLEDチップを内蔵したタイプのLEDを用いたものも本発明に含まれる。 (21) In each of the above-described embodiments, the case where an LED chip that emits blue light in a single color and that emits white light with a phosphor is used has been shown. However, R, G, and B emit light in a single color. Those using three types of LED chips that incorporate LED chips are also included in the present invention. In addition, the present invention includes an LED using a type of LED in which three types of LED chips each emitting C (cyan), M (magenta), and Y (yellow) are monochromatic.
 (22)上記した各実施形態では、白色光を発光するLEDを用いたものを示したが、赤色発光するLEDと、青色発光するLEDと、緑色発光するLEDとを適宜に組み合わせて用いるようにしてもよい。 (22) In the above-described embodiments, the LED using white light emitting LED is shown. However, the red light emitting LED, the blue light emitting LED, and the green light emitting LED are used in appropriate combination. May be.
 (23)上記した各実施形態では、光源としてLEDを用いたものを例示したが、LED以外の点状光源を用いたものも本発明に含まれる。 (23) In each of the above-described embodiments, an example in which an LED is used as a light source is illustrated. However, an example in which a point light source other than an LED is used is also included in the present invention.
 (24)上記した各実施形態以外にも、液晶表示装置における画面サイズ及び横縦の比率などについては適宜変更可能である。 (24) Besides the above-described embodiments, the screen size and the aspect ratio of the liquid crystal display device can be changed as appropriate.
 (25)上記した各実施形態では、液晶パネル及びシャーシがその短辺方向を鉛直方向と一致させた縦置き状態とされるものを例示したが、液晶パネル及びシャーシがその長辺方向を鉛直方向と一致させた縦置き状態とされるものも本発明に含まれる。 (25) In each of the above-described embodiments, the liquid crystal panel and the chassis are vertically placed with the short side direction aligned with the vertical direction. However, the liquid crystal panel and the chassis have the long side direction in the vertical direction. Those that are in a vertically placed state matched with are also included in the present invention.
 (26)上記した各実施形態では、液晶表示装置のスイッチング素子としてTFTを用いたが、TFT以外のスイッチング素子(例えば薄膜ダイオード(TFD))を用いた液晶表示装置にも適用可能であり、カラー表示する液晶表示装置以外にも、白黒表示する液晶表示装置にも適用可能である。 (26) In each of the embodiments described above, a TFT is used as a switching element of a liquid crystal display device. However, the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device using a switching element other than TFT (for example, a thin film diode (TFD)), and color In addition to the liquid crystal display device for display, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device for monochrome display.
 (27)上記した各実施形態では、表示パネルとして液晶パネルを用いた液晶表示装置を例示したが、他の種類の表示パネルを用いた表示装置にも本発明は適用可能である。 (27) In each of the above-described embodiments, the liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal panel as the display panel has been exemplified. However, the present invention can also be applied to display devices using other types of display panels.
 (28)上記した各実施形態では、チューナーを備えたテレビ受信装置を例示したが、チューナーを備えない表示装置にも本発明は適用可能である。 (28) In each of the above-described embodiments, the television receiver provided with the tuner is exemplified, but the present invention is also applicable to a display device not provided with the tuner.
 (29)上記した実施形態2の変形例3の技術内容を実施形態1にて示したタイプの基板保持部材を用いたものにも適用可能である。つまり、実施形態1に示したシャーシにおける長辺方向の中央を通ってY軸方向に沿う基準線を設定し、基準線を挟んだ各領域に配される各基板保持部材における取り付けに伴う移動方向を互いに逆向きとすればよい。 (29) The technical contents of Modification 3 of Embodiment 2 described above can be applied to those using a substrate holding member of the type shown in Embodiment 1. That is, a reference line is set along the Y-axis direction through the center in the long side direction in the chassis shown in the first embodiment, and the movement direction accompanying the attachment in each substrate holding member arranged in each region sandwiching the reference line May be opposite to each other.
 10…液晶表示装置(表示装置)、11…液晶パネル(表示パネル)、12…バックライト装置(照明装置)、14,114…シャーシ、14b…開口部、14e,114e…取付孔、14f…係止孔、15…光学部材、17…LED(光源)、18…LED基板(光源基板)、20,120…基板保持部材、21…反射シート(反射部材)、22…シャーシ用反射シート(反射部材)、23…基板用反射シート(反射部材)、24,124…本体部、25,125…取付部、25b,125b…挟持部、25c…係止突部、26…支持部(突部)、27…当接部、C…間隙、TV…テレビ受信装置、WP…配線パターン DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Liquid crystal display device (display device), 11 ... Liquid crystal panel (display panel), 12 ... Backlight device (illumination device), 14, 114 ... Chassis, 14b ... Opening part, 14e, 114e ... Mounting hole, 14f ... Stop hole, 15 ... optical member, 17 ... LED (light source), 18 ... LED substrate (light source substrate), 20, 120 ... substrate holding member, 21 ... reflective sheet (reflective member), 22 ... reflective sheet for chassis (reflective member) ), 23... Reflective sheet (reflective member), 24, 124... Body part, 25, 125... Mounting part, 25 b, 125 b .. clamping part, 25 c. 27: Contact portion, C: Gap, TV: Television receiver, WP: Wiring pattern

Claims (34)

  1.  光源と、前記光源が実装された光源基板と、前記光源基板が収容されるとともに取付孔を有するシャーシと、前記シャーシとの間で前記光源基板を挟んで保持可能な本体部、及び前記本体部から前記シャーシ側に突出して前記取付孔内に挿入される取付部を有する基板保持部材とを備え、
     前記取付部は、前記取付孔内に挿入された状態で前記基板保持部材が前記シャーシの板面に沿う方向に移動されるのに伴い、前記本体部との間で少なくとも前記シャーシを挟持可能な挟持部を有している照明装置。
    A light source, a light source substrate on which the light source is mounted, a chassis that houses the light source substrate and has a mounting hole, a main body that can be held between the chassis and the light source substrate, and the main body A board holding member having a mounting portion that protrudes from the chassis side and is inserted into the mounting hole.
    The mounting portion can sandwich at least the chassis with the main body portion as the substrate holding member is moved in a direction along the plate surface of the chassis while being inserted into the mounting hole. A lighting device having a sandwiching portion.
  2.  前記光源基板は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿って前記光源が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、前記取付孔は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、前記基板保持部材における移動方向が前記光源基板及び前記取付孔における長辺方向と一致している請求項1記載の照明装置。 The light source substrate has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of the light sources are mounted side by side along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole has a longitudinal shape parallel to the long side direction of the light source substrate. The lighting device according to claim 1, wherein a moving direction of the substrate holding member coincides with a long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole.
  3.  前記挟持部は、前記本体部との間で前記シャーシと共に前記光源基板を挟持可能とされる請求項2記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 2, wherein the clamping unit can clamp the light source substrate together with the chassis between the body unit and the body unit.
  4.  前記取付部は、平面に視て前記光源基板と重畳する位置に配されるのに対し、前記光源基板には、前記取付孔に連通するとともに前記取付部が通される貫通孔が設けられていて、前記本体部と前記挟持部との間には、前記シャーシと共に前記貫通孔の縁部が挟持される請求項3記載の照明装置。 The mounting portion is disposed at a position overlapping the light source substrate in a plan view, whereas the light source substrate is provided with a through hole that communicates with the mounting hole and through which the mounting portion passes. The lighting device according to claim 3, wherein an edge portion of the through hole is clamped together with the chassis between the main body portion and the clamping portion.
  5.  前記光源基板には、前記光源同士を接続する配線パターンが長辺方向に沿って延在して形成されているのに対し、前記貫通孔は、前記光源基板及び前記取付孔における長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている請求項4記載の照明装置。 In the light source substrate, a wiring pattern for connecting the light sources is formed extending along the long side direction, whereas the through hole is formed in the long side direction of the light source substrate and the mounting hole. The illuminating device of Claim 4 which has comprised the parallel longitudinal shape.
  6.  前記貫通孔の縁部には、前記取付部が当接可能とされる請求項4または請求項5記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the mounting portion can be brought into contact with an edge portion of the through hole.
  7.  前記本体部は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている請求項3から請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the main body has a longitudinal shape parallel to a long side direction of the light source substrate.
  8.  前記本体部は、前記光源基板に対してその短辺方向について同心となる位置に配されている請求項3から請求項7のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 3 to 7, wherein the main body portion is arranged at a position that is concentric with respect to the light source substrate in a short side direction.
  9.  前記挟持部は、前記光源基板の長辺方向に並行する長手状をなしている請求項3から請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein the clamping portion has a longitudinal shape parallel to a long side direction of the light source substrate.
  10.  前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の間の領域に配されている請求項2から請求項9のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein the main body portion is disposed in a region between the adjacent light sources in the light source substrate in a plan view.
  11.  前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の中間位置に配されている請求項10記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 10, wherein the main body is disposed at an intermediate position between the light sources adjacent to each other in the light source substrate when viewed in a plan view.
  12.  前記光源基板は、長手状をなすとともにその長辺方向に沿って前記光源が複数並んで実装されているのに対し、前記取付孔は、前記光源基板の短辺方向に並行する長手状をなしていて、前記基板保持部材における移動方向が前記光源基板における短辺方向と一致している請求項1記載の照明装置。 The light source substrate has a longitudinal shape and a plurality of the light sources are mounted side by side along the long side direction, whereas the mounting hole has a longitudinal shape parallel to the short side direction of the light source substrate. The lighting device according to claim 1, wherein a moving direction of the substrate holding member coincides with a short side direction of the light source substrate.
  13.  前記本体部は、平面に視て前記光源基板のうち隣り合う前記光源の間の領域に配されている請求項12記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 12, wherein the main body portion is disposed in a region between the light sources adjacent to each other in the light source substrate in a plan view.
  14.  前記光源基板は、前記シャーシ内において複数が前記光源基板の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、前記取付孔及び前記取付部は、平面に視て前記光源基板とは重畳しない位置に配されている請求項12または請求項13記載の照明装置。 A plurality of the light source boards are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the light source board in the chassis, whereas the mounting holes and the mounting portions do not overlap the light source board in a plan view. The lighting device according to claim 12 or 13, which is arranged at a position.
  15.  前記光源基板は、前記シャーシ内において複数が前記光源基板の短辺方向に並列して配されているのに対し、前記本体部は、複数の前記光源基板に跨るよう配されている請求項12から請求項14のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The plurality of light source boards are arranged in parallel in the short side direction of the light source board in the chassis, while the main body is arranged to straddle the plurality of light source boards. The lighting device according to any one of claims 14 to 14.
  16.  前記挟持部は、前記本体部との間で前記シャーシと共に前記光源基板を挟持可能とされる請求項12から請求項15のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the clamping unit is capable of clamping the light source substrate together with the chassis between the body unit and the body unit.
  17.  前記本体部と前記光源基板との間には、光を反射させる反射部材が介在しており、前記本体部における前記反射部材との対向面には、前記反射部材側に突出し、前記反射部材に対して当接される当接部が設けられている請求項1から請求項16のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 A reflection member that reflects light is interposed between the main body portion and the light source substrate, and the main body portion protrudes toward the reflection member on a surface facing the reflection member, and is disposed on the reflection member. The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein a contact portion that is in contact with the lighting device is provided.
  18.  前記当接部は、前記本体部において前記取付部から離れた位置に配されている請求項17記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 17, wherein the contact portion is disposed at a position away from the attachment portion in the main body portion.
  19.  前記取付部が前記本体部における中央側に配されるのに対し、前記当接部は、前記本体部における外縁部に配されている請求項18記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 18, wherein the attachment portion is disposed on a central side of the main body portion, whereas the contact portion is disposed on an outer edge portion of the main body portion.
  20.  前記当接部は、前記本体部において前記取付部を挟んだ位置に少なくとも一対配されている請求項18または請求項19記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein at least a pair of the contact portions are arranged at a position sandwiching the attachment portion in the main body portion.
  21.  前記当接部は、前記取付部を中心にした対称位置に配されている請求項20記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 20, wherein the contact portion is arranged at a symmetrical position with the attachment portion as a center.
  22.  前記挟持部は、前記基板保持部材の移動方向に沿って延出する片持ち状をなすとともに弾性変形可能とされる請求項1から請求項21のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the holding portion has a cantilever shape extending along a moving direction of the substrate holding member and is elastically deformable.
  23.  前記シャーシと前記挟持部とには、互いに係止することで前記基板保持部材における前記シャーシの板面に沿う方向への移動を規制する係止構造がそれぞれ設けられている請求項22記載の照明装置。 23. The illumination according to claim 22, wherein the chassis and the sandwiching portion are each provided with a locking structure that locks the substrate holding member to restrict movement of the substrate holding member in a direction along a plate surface of the chassis. apparatus.
  24.  前記係止構造は、前記シャーシに形成される係止孔と、前記挟持部から前記シャーシ側に突出するとともに前記係止孔の孔縁に対して係止可能な係止突部とから構成されている請求項23記載の照明装置。 The locking structure includes a locking hole formed in the chassis, and a locking protrusion that protrudes from the clamping portion toward the chassis and can be locked to a hole edge of the locking hole. The lighting device according to claim 23.
  25.  前記取付部は、平面に視て前記取付孔よりも小さくなるよう形成されている請求項1から請求項24のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the mounting portion is formed to be smaller than the mounting hole in a plan view.
  26.  前記本体部には、前記シャーシ側とは反対側に突出する突部が設けられている請求項1から請求項25のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein the main body portion is provided with a protrusion that protrudes on a side opposite to the chassis side.
  27.  前記突部は、平面に視て前記取付部と重畳する位置に配されている請求項26記載の照明装置。 27. The lighting device according to claim 26, wherein the protrusion is arranged at a position overlapping the mounting portion when seen in a plan view.
  28.  前記突部は、前記取付部と同心となる位置に配されている請求項27記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to claim 27, wherein the protrusion is disposed at a position concentric with the mounting portion.
  29.  前記シャーシには、前記光源からの光を出射するための開口部が設けられるのに対し、前記光源基板と対向するよう前記開口部を覆う形で配される光学部材が備えられており、前記突部は、前記光学部材を支持可能とされる請求項26から請求項28のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The chassis is provided with an optical member arranged to cover the opening so as to face the light source substrate, whereas an opening for emitting light from the light source is provided. The lighting device according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the protrusion is capable of supporting the optical member.
  30.  前記基板保持部材は、前記シャーシ内において前記シャーシの略中央を横切る基準線を挟んだ位置に複数が分散して配されており、前記基準線を挟んだ位置に配された前記各基板保持部材は、前記シャーシに対する取り付けに伴う移動方向が互いに逆向きとなる設定とされている請求項1から請求項29のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 A plurality of the substrate holding members are arranged in a distributed manner at positions sandwiching a reference line crossing substantially the center of the chassis in the chassis, and each substrate holding member disposed at a position sandwiching the reference line The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein movement directions associated with attachment to the chassis are set to be opposite to each other.
  31.  前記光源は、LEDとされる請求項1から請求項30のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the light source is an LED.
  32.  請求項1から請求項31のいずれか1項に記載の照明装置と、前記照明装置からの光を利用して表示を行う表示パネルとを備える表示装置。 A display device comprising: the illumination device according to any one of claims 1 to 31; and a display panel that performs display using light from the illumination device.
  33.  前記表示パネルは、一対の基板間に液晶を封入してなる液晶パネルとされる請求項32記載の表示装置。 The display device according to claim 32, wherein the display panel is a liquid crystal panel in which liquid crystal is sealed between a pair of substrates.
  34.  請求項32または請求項33に記載された表示装置を備えるテレビ受信装置。 A television receiver comprising the display device according to claim 32 or claim 33.
PCT/JP2010/060093 2009-07-29 2010-06-15 Illumination device, display device, and television receiving device WO2011013455A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009176826 2009-07-29
JP2009-176826 2009-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011013455A1 true WO2011013455A1 (en) 2011-02-03

Family

ID=43529119

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/060093 WO2011013455A1 (en) 2009-07-29 2010-06-15 Illumination device, display device, and television receiving device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2011013455A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024103933A1 (en) * 2022-11-15 2024-05-23 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Light-emitting substrate, backlight module, display module and display apparatus

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006147590A (en) * 2005-09-06 2006-06-08 Sharp Corp Backlight device
JP2008041672A (en) * 2005-09-06 2008-02-21 Sharp Corp Backlight device of liquid crystal display, and liquid crystal display

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006147590A (en) * 2005-09-06 2006-06-08 Sharp Corp Backlight device
JP2008041672A (en) * 2005-09-06 2008-02-21 Sharp Corp Backlight device of liquid crystal display, and liquid crystal display

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024103933A1 (en) * 2022-11-15 2024-05-23 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Light-emitting substrate, backlight module, display module and display apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5133457B2 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiver
JP5184701B2 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiver
US8827482B2 (en) Lighting device, display device and television receiver
WO2010146913A1 (en) Illuminating device, display device, and television receiver
JP5244241B2 (en) Light source unit, lighting device, display device, and television receiver
US8870401B2 (en) Lighting device, display device and television receiver
JP5244240B2 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiver
JP5337883B2 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiver
WO2010146916A1 (en) Illuminating device, display device, and television receiver
WO2010089929A1 (en) Illumination device, display device and television receiver device
WO2011093119A1 (en) Illuminating device, display device, and television receiver
WO2010146917A1 (en) Illumination device, display device, and television receiver
WO2011148694A1 (en) Illuminating device, display device, and television receiver
WO2011055635A1 (en) Base material for light source unit, illumination device, display device, and television receiving device
WO2011089960A1 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiver device
WO2011062023A1 (en) Lighting device, display device, and television receiving device
WO2013080882A1 (en) Illumination device, display device, and television receiver device
JP2013118055A (en) Lighting apparatus, display device and tv receiving apparatus
WO2011013455A1 (en) Illumination device, display device, and television receiving device
KR20160083452A (en) Back light and liquid crystal display including the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10804202

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10804202

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP